PSS - Technical Catalogue Y-0551-A (09.99)

ADVANCED AND EVER ADVANCING
MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS &

EARTH-LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
30800A FRAME
NATIONAL
ACCREDITATION
OF CERTIFICATION
ISO 9001 BODIES
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

which produces these products, is certified as meeting
the ISO14001 environmental management system standard.
Certification No.: EC70J1128 Date of Certification: Nov. 26, 1997
CONTENTS CONTENTS
Contents 2~ 3
Introduction 4~ 5
Rapid Progress 6~ 7
Development 8
Evolution 9
Superiority 10
Model Naming 11
Series Outline 12
Series Ratings 13
Specifications
Molded-case circuit breakers
MCCB NF-C 14~ 15
MCCB NF-S 16~ 21
MCCB NF-U 22~ 23
Earth-leakage circuit breakers
ELCB NV-C 24~ 25
ELCB NV-S 26~ 29
Miniature circuit breakers
BH 30~ 33
Motor Protection
MCCB MB 34
ELCB MN 35
Others
ELR & ZCT 36~ 37
Circuit Protector CP 38
Special Purpose Breakers

M a g O n l y, D C - U s e a n d D S N - T y p e 39
4 0 0 H z - U s e, L o w - I n s t a n t a n e o u s a n d
Generator-Protection 40
Connection
Types and Accessories 41
2
CONTENTS CONTENTS
Accessories
Internal Accessories
C a s s e t t e - T y p e, B u i l t - I n 42
MCCB Maximum number of accessories 43~44
ELCB Maximum number of accessories 45~47
N e w p r o d u c t s, o p t i o n s, e t c . 48~53
External Accessories
Electrically operated 54~57
Mechanical interlocks 58~60
Operating handles 61~65
Terminal covers 66~67
Characteristics
MCCB 68~78
ELCB 79~83
BH 84~85
CP 86
Dimensions
MCCB 87~96
ELCB 97~104
BH 105
Comparison between New and Former Models

Compatibility 106~108
Other changes 109~113
Dimensions 114~119
Ordering Information 120
Safety tip: Be sure to read the instruction manual thoroughly before using these products.
3
Circuit Breakers for the 21st Century
The completion of a full line-up of PSS breakers
As the leading manufacturer of circuit breakers, Mitsubishi

Electric has long developed products to fit the needs of the era.
With the completion of the Progressive Super Series (PSS) circuit
breakers covering 400~800 Ampere frame(AF), we can now offer a
full complement of PSS models from 30~800AF. With our advanced
technology and know-how, we’re already anticipating the
needs of the next era by producing new circuit breakers for the
21st century: PSS circuit breakers.
RAPID PROGRESS DEVELOPMENT

21st century functions Ease of use
Mitsubishi Electric is pioneering new technology The new circuit breakers are easier to use than
that will take us into the 21st century. One such ever before. The module types have been simpli-
technology is the new digital display unit for circuit fied to just two sizes, allowing easier board design
condition. In keeping with the era’s needs, it per- standardization and rationalization. The cassette
mits energy management. As such, it can be justly accessories also make replacement a simple, one-
described as a circuit breaker with a brain, a new touch operation.
type of intelligent breaker for the next century.
EVOLUTION SUPERIORITY
Technology Breaker with a brain
To reflect a variety of uses and applications, the The new digital Electronic Trip Relay (ETR), the
line-up has been further expanded. This new com- brain of the circuit breaker, ensures accurate pro-
prehensive line-up answers the demands of the tection of the circuit. Using advanced digital tech-
era for models with high specifications for a range nology, Mitsubishi has succeeded in creating a
of purposes and applications. new type of electronic circuit breaker, and realized
a new level of safety and reliability.
4
Full Scale Progressive Super Series
Packed with Mitsubishi’s 21st century technology.

Circuit breakers with advanced intelligence are now available.
Technology continues to evolve toward the 21st century.

The consumption of electric power increases as well, demanding from
circuit breakers new levels of functionality, flexibility, power- and
space-saving. To answer the requirements of the era, we have realized
a new level of harmony between breaker and measuring component.
We have created a new generation of breakers, which are without
equal to any previously produced models. Mitsubishi Electric is proud
to announce the newest evolution in circuit breakers for the 21st
century, combining new levels of superiority and reliability.
Progressive Super Series
Caution: Before installing these circuit breakers, it is recommended that their safe and correct usage be studied with a thorough reading of the “Handling and Maintenance” guidebook.
5
The circuit breaker incorporates a digital Measuring
Display Unit (MDU). It can measure and display a range
of circuit condition data for more efficient energy
management.
Display
Measuring and displaying the load current, line
Measuring display item 225AF 400AF 630AF 800AF
Load current
voltage, electric power, electric energy level, harmonic Present value, average value,
current (third, fifth, seventh and total) earth-leakage maximum value
current* enables energy control. Line voltage
Present value, average value,
*Earth-leakage current is used with electronic earth- maximum value
leakage circuit breakers.
Harmonic current
Third, fifth, seventh total
Electric power
Present value, maximum value
Monitoring
The LED lights when it monitors the following alarm
Electric energy accumulated
Total value
Earth-leakage current
output from the circuit breaker.(except for 225AF) Present value, average value,
• PAL: Pre-alarm maximum value
• OVER: Overload alarm Power factor
• EPAL: Earth-leakage pre-alarm: setting either Present value
electronic earth-leakage circuit breakers is possible by
using the switch on the MDU. When the current
exceeds the preset earth-leakage level, the LED
lights.
6
Maintenance
• Measures and displays the cause,short-circuit current
of the fault and the fault load current (overload current
or earth-leakage current). (except for 225AF)
• Even when the control power is cut, the fault’s cause
and load current are saved. (except for 225AF)
• Since the maximum value of the average load
current, power and time of occurence are measured,
this is helpful for locating the peak time for energy use.
Example of NV630-SEPM long-delay tripping display
Installed on the main unit.
Installation
•The measuring VT and CT are installed within the
circuit breaker, thus offering savings on space and
wiring.
• The measuring display unit can be installed on the
circuit breaker or onto the panel.
Applicable models: NF225-SPM, NV225-SPM

NF400-SEPM/HEPM, NF630-SEPM/HEPM,
NF800-SEPM/HEPM, NV400-SEPM/HEPM,
NV630-SEPM/HEPM, NV800-SEPM/HEPM
Installed on the panel.
Panel
7
DEVELOPMENT
In the pursuit of ever easier operation, the modules are
now unified into just five types––allowing
rationalization and standardization of the panel design.
Standardized to five module types ELCB

•PSS breakers (30~800AF) are standardized to five sizes. MCCB
30/50AF 100AF 160/250AF 400AF 630/800AF
•MCCBs = ELCBs
•Thermal-magnetic type = Electric-trip relay type
Panel cut-out design unified to include 30~800A frame

•Two types of panel cut-out are available.
•All are symmetric with the center line.
NF400-SP NV400-CP
Cassette-type accessories
•Cassette-type accessories ensure Installation
flexibility when upgrading circuits.
Ordering is easy, and installation is one-
touch simple—and safe too thanks to
the insulated cassette design.
Fits all breaker series

The alarm switch (AL), auxiliary switch
(AX), shunt trip (SHT), and undervoltage
trip (UVT) all come as cassette-type 1. Push the trip 2. Loosen the front 3. Open the front 4. Install the 5. Close the front
accessories to suit all breaker series button (PTT) to cover screws. cover. cassette. cover and tighten
trip the breaker. the screws.
(types). Choose from two options: lead
or lead-wire terminal block. Caution. •Always ensure the breaker is tripped when installing accessories.
•Please entrust installation to an experienced person.
•Please refer to the instruction manual in the box.
8
EVOLUTION
PSS now has improved performance and safety
because of IEC60947-2 compliance.
•In order to conform to IEC60947-2, •Earth-leakage circuit breakers also

molded-case circuit breakers are conform to IEC60947-2
now standard.
Ics = 100%Icu S"Suitable

tandardized as
for Isolation" and
•The SP, SEP, and HEP types in the 400~800AF offer
Ics = 100%Icu . despatching
The IEC60947-2 specifies the Icu (rated ultimate short-
circuit) and Ics (rated service short-circuit) breaking The load dispatching point for supply disconnecting
capacities to the following two types: devices is regulated according to the EC’s machine
Icu: O-CO directives, European Standards EN60204-1 “Electrical
Ics: O-CO-CO Components of Mechanical Equipment Part1—
The rise in temperature after breaking test is also General Matters.”
regulated. For circuit breakers, the breaker’s function is suitable
for isolation.
Utilization category "B"

All electronic-type models (400~800AF) satisfy Utiliza- Isolation symbol
Note 1: 400~800AF are suitable for isolation
(excluding 4-pole models).
Note 2: For breakers under 250AF, please
contact us for details.
tion category "B". Utilization category is a regulation on
application with respect to selectivity.
Utilization category A: Circuit breakers not specifically
intended for selectivity under short-circuit conditions.
Class II insulation (IEC 664)
The handle is double insulated to make it safer than
Such breakers do not have a short-time withstand
current rating. ever. (Even if the handle is damaged, the insulation is
Utilization category B: Circuit breakers specifically secure.)
intended for selectivity under short-circuit conditions.
Such breakers have a short-time withstand current
rating.
9
SUPERIORITY
A microcomputer and Mitsubishi’s original IC realize a
new high level of safety
Safer and more reliable power

Digital current evaluation delivers a higher
Improved protection against
fluctuations in the load current
level of protection Coordinated
Pre-alarm indication LED
Load-current Over-current
Electronic device loads, such as inverters, distort the protection from indication LED (70%) indication LED
current waveform. Our electronic breakers use a multiple (6) tripping Instantaneous
digital detector to measure the current’s effective characteristics
tripping current l
Current
value and minimize overload tripping errors. This The user has a setting Ir
Pre-aram
current lp
enables precise protection of the circuit. Long time-delay
choice of six different operating time TL Short time-delay
Short time-delay operating time Ts
Load current items as tripping tripping current Is
characteristics with Choose from six tripping characteristics

the multiple 1 104
Current setting Ir Switch

with fuse
coordinated 1 103 High-voltage fuse-
Allowable short-time
IP
High
voltage
characteristics
protection method. 1 102
TL Low
voltage
Long-delay operating time
Better protection can
Time (sec)
Pre-alarm 10
Transformer
current Short-delay NFB

(electronic)
be obtained between 1
tripping current lS M
Digital current evaluation circuitry. Load current Short-delay

operating time
Load
high-voltage fuse, 0. 1
TS
ll
Instantaneous tripping current
CV: Constant
Sampling and OCR and low-voltage 0. 01
voltage A/D 10 10 2 10 3
circuit conversion fuse. Current (A) Current-converted value

on the high-voltage side
Power-side terminal I: Instantaneous
circuit
Improved protection and safety

Breaking mechanism
Trip coil PSS: Phase-
selection
Custom IC sampling
Microcomputer circuit
CT
SS/W: Short-delay Neutral-pole overload protection for 4-pole
Rectifying circuit
CV
Calculating the
CT
I Trigger circuit digitally electronic circuit breakers
CT effective value
A/D
converter
SS/W Over-current
Four-pole MCCBs are equipped with a neutral-pole
CT
PSS
LS/W
indication LED overload protection circuit. It prevents burn-out in a
Pre-alarm
CPU
indication LED 3ø4w circuit which is prone to distorted third-harmonic
PS/W
WDT Pre-alarm
output
current flows.
Input and Processing the
output
LS/W: Long-delay long time-delay
Test input Characteristic
setting part PS/W: Pre-alarm pre-alarm
Load-side terminal
WDT: Watchdog characteristics L C R N
Load-current indication LED (70%) timer circuit
Aanticipates
larm
lsarmfunction
functionmonitors
monitorsand
interruptions
and Portable tester facilitates
checking and maintenance
Standard pre-alarm system lights LED and The separately sold portable tester allows the user to
outputs signal check the four characteristics shown below on location:
PSS electronic MCCBs feature a pre-alarm function
as standard. The preferential alarm predicts an 1. Long-delay tripping
overload condition in the breaker before it trips. When 2. Short-delay tripping
the load current exceeds the set pre-alarm current, it 3. Instantaneous tripping
outputs a pre-alarm signal (from the solid-state relay) 4. Pre-alarm characteristics
and lights the LED.
The pre-alarm module (with contact output) is optional with LEDs for load current, pre-alarm and over-current
electronic molded-case and earth-leakage circuit breakers. show the operating status.
10
MODEL NAMING
MODEL NAMING
M C C B s
NF -C Economy ty pe
Molded-case circuit breakers NF -S Standard ty pe
NF -U Ultra current-limiting type
BH-S / PS NEMA type for consumer units
BH-type miniature circuit breakers (MCB s)
BH-D DIN type for consumer units
Motor breaker MB MCCB for motor protection
Circuit protector CP Circuit breaker for equipment
E L C B s
NV -C Economy ty pe
Ear th-leakage circuit breakers NV -S Standard ty pe
NV -U Ultra current-limiting type
Motor breaker MN ELCB for motor protection
NV-ZB Electrical self-holding type
Earth-leakage relay NV -Z S Mechanical self-holding type
NV-ZU Upstream interlock relay
11
SERIES OUTLINE
Molded-case circuit breakers MCCB
NF-C Economy type NF-S Standard type NF-U Ultra
type
current-limiting
MB Motor breaker type
Basic model designed Standard model for wide range of Current limiting-type ultra MCCB for motor
for cost performance applications. breaker. protection
Earth-leakage circuit breakers ELCB

Ultra current-limiting
NV-C Economy type NV-S Standard type NV-U type MN Motor breaker type
Basic model designed Standard model for wide range of Current limiting-type ultra ELCB for motor
for cost performance applications. breaker. protection
Miniature circuit breakers MCB Circuit protectors CP

BH BH-P BH-S BH-PS BH-D6 BV-D KB-D CP30-BA CP-B CP-S
DIN-series for
NEMA-type for consumer unit For equipment
general consumer unit
12
SERIES RATINGS
Molded-case circuit breaker
AF
Series
30 50 60 100 160 250 400 630 800
NF-C NF30-CS NF50-CP NF60-CP NF100-CP ---- NF250-CP NF400-CP NF630-CP NF800-CEP
NF100-SP NF250-SP NF400-SP NF630-SP NF800-SDP

---- NF160-SP
NF50-HP
NF100-SEP NF250-SEP NF400-SEP NF630-SEP NF800-SEP
NF-S NF30-SP
NF100-HP NF250-HP NF400-HEP NF630-HEP NF800-HEP
NF60-HP NF160-HP
NF50-HRP
NF100-HEP NF250-HEP NF400-REP NF630-REP NF800-REP
NF100-RP NF225-RP
NF-U ---- ---- ---- ---- NF400-UEP NF630-UEP NF800-UEP
NF100-UP NF225-UP
Earth-leakage circuit breaker

AF
Series
30 50 60 100 225 400 630 800
NV-C NV30-CS NV50-CP NV60-CP NV100-CP NV225-CP NV400-CP NV630-CP ----
NV100-SP NV225-SP NV400-SP NV630-SP

---- ---- NV800-SEP
NV100-SEP NV225-SEP NV400-SEP
NV-S NV30-SP NV630-SEP
NV100-HP NV225-HP NV400-HEP
NV50-HP NV60-HP NV800-HEP
NV100-HEP NV225-HEP NV400-REP NV630-HEP
NV-U ---- ---- ---- NV100-RP NV225-RP ---- ---- ----
Miniature circuit breaker DIN series

AF 60 and less 100 and less AF 63 and less
BH
MCB BH-D6
BH-P
BH RCCB BV-D
BH-S ----
Isolating KB-D
BH-PS ---- Switch
Motor breaker
AF 30 50 60 100 225
MB50-CP
MB MB30-SP ---- MB100-SP MB225-SP
MB50-SP
Motor breaker (with earth-leakage) Circuit protectors

AF 30 50 60 100 225 AF 30 and less
MN50-CP CP30-BA
MN MN30-CS ---- MN100-SP MN225-SP CP CP-B

MN50-SP
CP-S
13
SPECIFICATIONS
MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
MCCBS NF-C Series ( Economy type )

Frame (A) 30 50 60 100 250
NF100-CP T/A✳1 NF250-CP T/A✳1
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NF30-CS NF50-CP NF60-CP NF100-CP NF250-CP
Photo
15~20, 20~25,
3 , 5 , 1 0, (10) (15) (20) (30) 125,150, 100~125, 125~160,
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C✳2 3, 5, 10, 50, 60, 25~40, 40~63,
15, 20, 30, (40) (50) 60 175,200, 150~200, 200~250
(T/A: at ambient temperature 40°C) 15, 20, 30 75 , 1 00 63~80, 80~100
40, 50 ✳5 225,250 adjustable
adjustable
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
AC 5 00 600 600 600 600 6 00 600
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
DC — 250 ✳3 — 250 ✳3 — 250 ✳3 — — 250 ✳3 — —
690V — — — — — — —
500V — 2.5/1 2.5/1 7.5/4 7.5/4 10/5 10/5
Rated AC 440V 1.5/1.5 (415V) 2.5/1 2.5/1 10/5 10/5 15/8 15/8
IEC60947-2
breaking
(Icu/Ics) 400V 1.5/1.5 (380V) 5/2 5/2 10/5 10/5 18/9 18/9
capacity (kA)
230V 2.5/2 (240V) 5/2 5/2 25/13 25/13 30/15 30/15
DC 250V — 2.5/1 — 2.5/1 — 7.5/4 — — 10/5 — —
Utilization category A A A A A A A
Reverse connection — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 4 6 6 6 6 6 6
Pollution degree 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ca a 45 67.5 50 75 50 75 60 90 90 1 05 105
a c
b 96 1 30 130 155 155 165 165
Dimensions (mm)
b c 52 68 68 68 68 68 68
ca 67 90 90 90 90 90 90
Weight kg 0.25 0.35 0.45 0.65 0.45 0.65 0.7 1.0 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.3 1.5
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ● ● ✳4 ● ✳4
Front (F) Solderless terminal — — — ● ● ● ●
Bus bar terminal — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Installation Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
and
connection Flush (FP) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — — — — ● ●
Front (DPM) — ● ● ● ● — —
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Cassette-type Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Accessory
With lead-wire terminal block ( LT) ● — — — — — —
connections
With flying leads ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — — — — — — —
accessories — — — — — — —
(S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Waterproof (W) — — ● — ● — ● ● ● ●
Electrical operation device (MD) — — — — ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle (HL) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Handle lock
lock (HL-S) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
device Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(V) — — — ● ● ● ●
External Door mounting (S) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
External
operating (SS) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
handle Mounted on (R) — — — ● ● ● ●
breaker (F) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal
Transparent (TTC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
cover
For rear connection (BTC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
For plug-in (PTC) — ● ● ● ● ● ●
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail ● ● ● ● ● — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● ● ● ● — — —
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic
Trip button — Equipped
✳ 1. T/A Thermal adjustable.

✳ 2. Rating at 40°C is also available. Please specify when ordering.
✳ 3. Specify if for DC use.
✳ 4. Bolt terminal.
✳ 5. NF60-CP with an ampere rating of 50A and below have the same construction as NF50-CP.
14
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 400 630 800

Type NF400-CP NF630-CP NF800-CEP
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 40°C 250, 300, 350, 400 500, 600, 630 400~800 adjustable
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 3
AC 600 600 600
DC 250 ✳1 — 250 ✳1 — —
690V — — —
500V 15 /8 18/9 18/9
440V 25/13 36/18 36/18
Rated breaking IEC60947-2 AC 415V 36/18 36/18 36/18
capacity (kA) (Icu/Ics) 400V 36 /1 8 36/18 36/18
380V 40 /2 0 40/20 40/20
230V 50 /2 5 50/25 50/25
DC 250V 20/10 — 20/10 — —
Utilization category A A B
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — — 9.6
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8
Pollution degree 3 3 3
Reverse connection ● ● ●
ca a 14 0 210 210
a c
b 257 275 275
Dimensions (mm)
b c 103 103 103
ca 134 155 155
Weight (kg) 4.7 5.5 8.0 9.4 10.9
Screw terminal — — —
Front (F) Solderless terminal ● ● ●
Bus bar terminal ● ● ●
Rear (B) ● ● ●
Installation Flush (FP) ● ● ●
and Rear (PM) ● ● ●
connection Rear front IP20 (PM-A) — — —
with auto-trip
Plug-in
Rear front IP20 — — —
(PM-L)
with “ON-lock”
Front (DPM) — — —
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ●
Cassette-type Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ●
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ●
With lead-wire ● ● ●
Accessory (SLT)
terminal block
connections
With flying leads ● ● ●
Pre-alarm ● ✳2
Built-in (PAL) — —
contact output
accesories
Trip Indicator (TI) — — ●
(S) — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● ●
Waterproof (W) ● ● ●
Motor- ● ● ●
Electrical (MD)
operated type
operation
device Spring- ● ● ●
(MDS)
charge type
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ●
Handle lock Handle lock
(HL-S) ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) — — —
External (V) ● ● ●
accesories External Door mounting (S) ● ● ●
operating (SS) ● ● ●
handle Mounted on (R) ● ● ●
breaker (F) ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) — — —
Terminal
cover Transpararent (TTC) ● ● ●
For rear connection (BTC) ● ● ●
For plug-in (PTC) ● — —
Adapter for IEC35mm rail — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● ● ●
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Electronic
Trip button Equipped
✳1. Specify if for DC use.

✳2. Solid state relay output is standard. Please specify if contact output is necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)
15
SPECIFICATIONS
MCCBS NF-S Series ( Standard type )

Frame (A) 30 50 60 100
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NF30-SP NF50-HP NF50-HRP NF60-HP NF100-SP NF100-SP T/A✳1
Photo
(10) (15) (20) 15,20,30, 15~20,20~25,

Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 3,5,10, 10,15,20, 15,20, 25~40,40~63,
(30) (40) (50) 60 40,50,60,
30°C✳2 (T/A: at ambient temperature 40°C) 15,20,30 30,40,50 30,40,50 63~80,80~100
✳4 75,100 adjustable
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
AC 600 600 690 600 690 690
DC 250✳3 — 250✳3 — 250✳3 — 250✳3 — 250✳3 — —
690V — — 2.5/1 — — —
500V 2.5/1 7.5/4 20/10 7.5/4 15/8 15/8
Rated breaking AC 440V 2.5/1 1 0/ 5 30/15 1 0/ 5 25/13 25/13
IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)
capacity (kA) 400V 5/2 10/5 30/15 10/5 30/15 30/15
230V 5/2 25/13 85/43 25/13 50/25 50/25
DC 250V 2.5/1 — 7.5/4 — 40/20 — 7.5/4 — 15/8 — —
Utilization category A A A A A A
Reverse connection ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 6 6 6 6 6 6
Pollution degree 2 2 2 2 2 2
ca a 50 75 50 75 10 0 90 50 75 10 0 60 90 120 90 120
a c
b 130 130 155 130 155 155
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 90 90 90 90
Weight kg 0.45 0.65 0.55 0.75 1.0 0. 8 1.1 0.55 0.75 1.0 0.75 1.1 1.4 0.75 1.1 1.4
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ● ●
Front (F) Solderless terminal — — ● — ● ●
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ● ● ●
Installation and Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ● ●
connection Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — — — — —
Front (DPM) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Cassette-type Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ● ●
connections With flying leads ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in
Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — — — — — —
accessories
(S) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Waterproof (W) — ● — ● — ● — ● — — ● — ● —
Electrical operation device (MD) — — ● — — ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ● ●
(V) — — ● — ● ●
External Door mounting (S) ● ● ● ● ● ●
External
operating (SS) ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
handle Mounted on (R) — — ● — ● ●
breaker (F) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Terminal
Transparent (TTC) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
cover
For rear connection (BTC) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
For plug-in (PTC) ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail ● ● — ● ● — ● — ● —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● ● — ● ● — ● — —
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic

✳ 4. NF60-HP with an ampere rating of 50A and below have the same construction as NF50-HP
16
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 100 160

NF100-HP T/A✳1 NF160-SP T/A✳1
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NF100-SEP NF100-HP NF100-HEP NF160-SP NF160-HP
Photo
(15-20) 15~20,20~25,25~40,
(15~20), (50), (60), (75), (63~80),100~125, (50), (60), (75),
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C✳2 30-50, 15,20,30, 40,50, 40~63, 63~80,
30~50, 60~100 (100), 125,150 (80~100),125~160 (100), 125,150
(T/A: at ambient temperature 40°C) 60-100 60, 75,100 80~100
adjustable 160 adjustable 160
adjustable adjustable
Number of poles 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
AC 690 690 690 690 690 6 90 690
DC — 250✳3 — — — 250✳3 — — 250✳3 —
690V — 5/3 — (5/3)✳5 5/3 — — 5/3
500V 15/8 30/15 30/15 30/15 15/8 15/8 30/8
Rated breaking AC 440V 25/13 50/25 50/25 50/25 25/13 25/13 50/13
capacity (kA) 400V 30/15 50/25 50/25 50/25 30 /1 5 30/15 50/13
230V 50/25 100/50 100/50 100/50 50 /2 5 50/25 100/25
DC 250V — 40/20 — — — 15/8 — — 40/20 —
Reverse connection ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ca a 90 120 90 120 90 120 90 1 20 105 140 105 14 0 105 140
a c
b 155 155 1 55 155 165 165 165
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 90 90 92 92 92
Weight Kg 1.2 1 .5 0.75 1.1 1.4 0.75 1.1 1.4 1.2 1.5 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.3 1.5 1 .9
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4
F r o nt
(F) Solderless terminal ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Fixed
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Installation and Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
connection Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — — — ● ● ●
Front (DPM) — ● — ● — — — — —
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
connections With flying leads ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) ● ✳6 — — ● ✳6 — — —
accessories
(S) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Waterproof (W) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Electrical operation device (MD) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(V) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External Door mounting (S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External
operating (SS) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
handle Mounted on (R) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
breaker (F) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Terminal Transparent (TTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
cover
For rear connection (BTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
For plug-in (PTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail ● — ● — ● — ● — — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) — ● — — — — — — —
Automatic tripping device Electric Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Electronic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic

✳ 5. To be agreed soon.
✳ 6. Solid state relay output is standard. Please specify if other output is necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)
17
SPECIFICATIONS

Frame (A) 160 250
Type NF160-HP T/A✳1 NF250-SP NF250-SP T/A✳1 NF250-SEP NF250-HP NF250-HP T/A✳1 NF250-HEP
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
100~125, 100~125,
(63~80), 100~125, 125,150 125~160, 125~160,
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C✳2 125~250 125,150,175, 125~250
(80~100), 125~160 175, 200, 150~200, 150~200,
(T/A: at ambient temperature 40°C) adjustable 200,225,250 adjustable
adjustable 225, 250 200~250 200~250
Number of poles 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4
AC 690
DC — 250✳3 — — — 250✳3 — — —
690V — (10/5) ✳5 — — — 5/3 — (10/5) ✳5 5/3
500V 30/8 (30/15) ✳5 15/8 15/8 15/8 30/8 30/8 (30/15) ✳5 30/8
Rated breaking AC 440V 50/13 (50/25) ✳5 25/13 25/13 25/13 50/13 50/13 (50/25) ✳5 50/13
capacity (kA) 400V 50/13 (50/25) ✳5 30/15 30/15 30/15 50/13 50/13 (50/25) ✳5 50/13
230V 100/25 (100/50) ✳5 50/25 50/25 50/25 100/25 100/25 (100/50) ✳5 100/25
DC 250V — 15/8 — — — 40/20 — — —
Reverse connection ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ca a 105 140 105 140 1 05 140 105 140 105 140 1 05 140 105 140
a c
b 165 1 65 1 65 1 65 165 165 165
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68 68 68
ca 92 90 92 92 92 92 92
Weight Kg 1 .3 1.5 1.9 1 .3 1.5 1.9 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.6 2.1 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.3 1.5 1.9 1.6 2.1
Screw terminal ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4 ●✳4
Front
(F) Solderless terminal ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Fixed
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Installation and Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
connection Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Front (DPM) — — — — — — —
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
connections With flying leads ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — — — ● ✳6 — — ● ✳6
accessories
(S) — ● — ● — ● — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Waterproof (W) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Electrical operation device (MD) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(V) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External Door mounting (S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External operating (SS) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories handle Mounted on (R) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
breaker (F) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Terminal Transparent (TTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
cover For rear
(BTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
connection
For plug-in (PTC) ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● — ● —
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail — — — — — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) — — — — — — —
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Electronic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Electronic

✳ 5. To be agreed soon.
✳ 6. Solid state relay output is standard. Please specify if other output is necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)
18
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 400

Type NF400-SP NF400-SEP NF400-HEP NF400-REP
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Rated current In (A) 200~400 200~400 200~400

250, 300, 350, 400
at ambient temperature 40°C adjustable adjustable adjustable
Number of poles 2 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
AC 690 690 690 690
DC 250 ✳1 — — — —
690V 10/10 (5/5) ✳3 10/10 (5/5) ✳3 10/10 15/10
500V 30/30 (25/25) ✳3 30/30 (25/25) ✳3 50/50 70/35
440V 42/42 (36/36) ✳3 42/42 (36/36) ✳3 65/65 125/63
Rated AC 415V 45/45 (36/36) ✳3 45/45 (36/36) ✳3 70/70 125/63
IEC60947-2
breaking (Icu/Ics) 400V 45/45 (36/36) ✳3 45/45 (36/36) ✳3 70/70 125/63
capacity (kA)
380V 50/50 (42/42) ✳3 50/50 (42/42) ✳3 70/70 125/63
230V 85/85 (65/65) ✳3 85/85 (65/65) ✳3 100/100 150/75
DC 250V 40/40 — — — —
Utilization category A B B B
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — 5 5 5
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8 8
Pollution degree 3 3 3 3
Reverse connection ● ● ● ●
ca a 140 18 5 140 185 140 185 140
a c
b 257 257 257 257
Dimensions (mm)
b c 103 103 103 103
ca 155 155 155 155
Weight (kg) 4.9 5.7 7.5 6 7.8 6 7. 8 6
Screw terminal — — — —
Front (F) Solderless terminal ● ● — —
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ●
Rear (B) ● ● ● ●
Installation Flush (FP) ● ● ● ●
and Rear (PM) ● ● ● ●
connection
Rear front IP20 (PM-A) — — — —
with auto-trip
Plug-in
Rear front IP20 (PM-L) — — — —
with “ON-lock”
Front (DPM) — — — —
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ● ●
Cassette-type Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ●
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ●
connections With flying leads ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL-M ) — ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
Accessories Trip indicator (TI) — ● ● ●
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● — ● — — —
Waterproof (W) ● — ● — — —
Motor-oper- ● ● ● ●
Electrical (MD)
ated type
operation
device Spring-charge ● ● ● ●
( M DS)
type
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) — — — —
(V) ● ● ● ●
External External Door mounting (S) ● ● ● ●
accessories operating (SS) ● ● ● ●
handle Mounted on (R) ● ● ● ●
breaker (F) ● ● ● ●
Between ● ● ● ●
Insulating (BA-F)
phase
barrier
To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● — —
Small (TC-S) — — — —
Terminal cover Transparent (TTC) ● ● ● ●
For rear ● ● ●
(BTC) — —
conection
For plug-in (PTC) ● — ● — ● — ●
Adapter for IEC35mm rail — — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● — ● — ● — ●
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Electronic Electronic Electronic

✳2. Solid state relay output is provided in standard. Please specify if other output is necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)
✳3. In case of solderless terminal, interrupting capacity reduces: ( / ).
19
SPECIFICATIONS

Frame (A) 630
Type NF630-SP NF630-SEP NF630-HEP NF630-REP
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo

500, 600, 630
Number of poles 2 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
AC 690 690 690 69 0
DC 250 ✳1 — — — —
690V 10/10 10/10 15/15 20/15
500V 30/30 30/30 50/50 70/35
440V 42/42 42/42 65/65 125/63
Rated AC 415V 45/45 45/45 70/70 125/63
IEC60947-2
breaking (Icu/Ics) 400V 45/45 45/45 70/70 125/63
capacity (kA)
380V 50/50 50/50 70/70 125/63
230V 85/85 85/85 100/100 150/75
DC 250V 40/40 — — — —
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — 7.6 7.6 7.6
ca a 210 280 210 28 0 210 280 210
a c
b 275 275 275 275
Dimensions (mm)
b c 103 103 103 103
ca 155 155 155 155
Weight (kg) 8. 5 9.5 12.5 10.5 13.6 10.5 13.6 10.5
Rear (B) ● ● ● ●
connection
with auto-trip
Plug-in
with “ON-lock”
Accessory W i th l e a d - wi r e t e r m i n a l b l o c k (SLT) ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● — ● — — —
Waterproof (W) ● — ● — — —
Electrical (MD)
ated type
operation
device S p r i n g -c h a r ge ● ● ● ●
(MDS)
type
(HL) ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ●
device
(V) ● ● ● ●
Insulating ( B A - F)
phase
barrier
For rear ● ● ● ●
(BTC)
conection
For plug-in (PTC) — — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● — ● — ● — ●

✳2. Solid state relay output is standard. Please specify if other output is necessary. (Standard type is thus SLT equipped.)
20
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 800

Type NF800-SDP NF800-SEP NF800-HEP NF800-REP
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo

(700), 800
Number of poles 2 3 4 3 4 3
AC — 690 690 690
DC 250 ✳1 — — —
690V — 10/10 15/15 20/15
500V — 30/30 50/50 70/35
440V — 42/42 65/65 125/63
Rated AC 415V — 45/45 70/70 125/63
IEC60947-2
breaking (Icu/Ics) 400V — 45/45 70/70 125/63
capacity (kA)
380V — 50/50 70/70 125/63
230V — 85/85 100/100 150/75
DC 250V 40/40 — — —
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — 9.6 9.6 9.6
ca a 210 210 280 210 280 210
a c
b 27 5 275 27 5 275
Dimensions (mm)
b c 103 103 103 103
ca 155 155 155 155
Weight (kg) 9 10.9 14.2 10.9 14.2 10.9
Rear (B) ● ● ● ●
connection
with auto-trip
Plug-in
with “ON-lock”
Accessory W i t h l e ad -w i re t e rm i n a l b l o c k (SLT) ● ● ● ●
Built-in Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● — — —
Waterproof (W) ● ● — — —
Electrical (MD)
ated type
operation
device S p r i ng - c h a r g e ● ● ● ●
(MDS)
type
(HL) ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ●
device
(V) ● ● ● ●
Insulating (B A - F)
phase
barrier
For rear ● ● ● ●
(BTC)
conection
Marine approval (NK, etc.) — ● — ● — ●

21
SPECIFICATIONS
MCCBS NF-U Series ( Ultra current-limiting type )

Frame (A) 100 225
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NF100-RP NF100-UP NF225-RP NF225-UP
Photo
15,20.30, 15,20,30, 125, 125,

Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C ✳1 40,50,60, 40,50,60, 150,175, 150,175,
75,100 75,100 200,225 200,225
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 2 3 4
AC 690 690 690 690
DC 250 ✳2 — — 250 ✳2 — —
690V — 10/5 — 10/5
500V 42/42 200/200 42/42 200/200
Rated AC 440V 125/125 200/200 125/125 200/200
breaking IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics)
capacity (kA) 400V 125/125 200/200 125/125 200/200
230V 125/125 200/200 125/125 200/200
DC 250V 40/40 — — 40/40 — —
Utilization category A A A A
ca a 90 90 12 0 105 105 140
a c
b 216 216 240 24 0
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 92 92
Weight kg 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.8 2. 5 3.0 3. 2 3.0 3.2 4.0
Screw terminal ● ● ● ✳3 ● ✳3
Front
Fixed Solderless terminal ● ● ● ●
(F)
Installation and Rear (B) ● ● ● ●
connection Flush (FP) ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● — ● ● —
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — — —
Built-in
Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — — — —
accessories
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) — — — —
Waterproof (W) — — — —
Electrical operation device (MD) ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ●
(V) — — — —
External Door mounting (S) ● ● ● ●
External operating (SS) ● ● ● ●
accessories handle Mounted on (R) — — — —
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● ● — ● ● —
Terminal Transparent (TTC) ● ● — ● ● —
cover For rear
(BTC) ● ● — ● ● —
connection
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail — — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● ● — ● ● —
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic
✳ 1. Rating at 40°C is also available. Please specify when ordering. ✳ 3. Bolt terminal.
22
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 400 630 800

Type NF400-UEP NF630-UEP NF800-UEP
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 40°C 200~400 adjustable 300~630 adjustable 400~800 adjustable
AC 690 690 690
DC — — —
690V 35/35 35/35 35/35
500V 170/170 170/170 170/170
440V 200/200 200/200 200/200
Rated AC 415V 200/200 200/200 200/200
IEC60947-2
breaking (Icu/Ics) 400V 200/200 200/200 200/200
capacity (kA)
380V 200/200 200/200 200/200
230V 200/200 200/200 200/200
DC 250V — — —
Utilization category B B B
Reverse connection ● ● ●
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) 5 7.6 9. 6
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8
Pollution degree 3 3 3
ca a 140 280 210 280 210 280
a c
b 297 322 322 322
Dimensions (mm)
b c 200 200 200
ca 252 252 252
Weight (kg) 16.7 26.1 25.7 31.9 27.6 33.7
Screw terminal — — —
Front (F) Solderless terminal — — —
Bus bar terminal ● ● ●
Rear (B) ● ● ●
Flush (FP) ● ● ●
Installation Rear (PM) ● — ● — ● —
a nd Rear front
connection IP20 with (PM-A) — — —
auto-trip
Plug-in
Rear front
IP20 with (PM-L) — — —
“ON-lock”
Front (DPM) — — —
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ●
Cassette-typ- Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ●
e accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ●
With lead-wire ● ● ●
Accessory (SLT)
terminal block
connections
With flying leads ● ● ●
Pre-alarm ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
Built-in (PAL)
contact output
accesories
Trip Indicator (TI) ● ● ●
(S) — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) — — —
Waterproof (W) — — —
Motor-
Electrical operated (MD) ● ● ●
operation type
device Spring-
charge type (MDS) ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ●
Handle lock Handle lock (HL-S) ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) — — —
(V) — — —
External Door
External mounting (S) ● ● ●
accesories
operating (SS) ● ● ●
handle Mounted on (R) — — —
breaker (F) ● ● ●
Between ● ● ●
Insulating (BA-F)
phase
barrier
To ground (BA-G) ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) — — —
Trans-
Terminal pararent (TTC) — — —
cover
For rear
connection (BTC) ● ● ●
For plug-in (PTC) — — —
Adapter for IEC35mm rail — — —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● — ● — ● —
Automatic tripping device Electronic Electronic Electronic

23
SPECIFICATIONS
ELCBS NV-C Series ( Economy type )

Frame (A) 30 50 60 100 225
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV30-CS NV50-CP NV60-CP NV100-CP NV225-CP
Photo
3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W,

Supply system ✳ 1 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W,
1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W
230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440
Rated operational voltage Ue AC V 23 0 Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type
5,10,15, 15,20,30 125,150,175
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 30°C 60 60,75,100
20,30 40,50 200,225
30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500
High-speed Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA) 30
Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable
type
Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s) 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04
100•300•500 100•300•500
Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA) — — — Selectable Selectable
Time-delay
0.45•1.0•2.0 0.45•1.0•2.0
type Max. operating time at 2I∆n (s) — — —
Selectable Selectable
Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s) — — — 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0
Earth-leakage indication system Button Button Button Button Button
Characteristics for DC components Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC
440V — 2.5/1 2.5/1 10/5 15/8
Rated breaking capacity (kA)
IEC60947-2 AC 400V — 5/2 5/ 2 10/5 18/9
Icu/Ics
230V 2.5/2 5/2 5/ 2 25/13 30/15
ca a 67.5 75 75 90 105
a c
b 96 130 130 155 165
Dimensions (mm)
b c 52 68 68 68 68
ca 67 90 90 90 92
Weight kg 0.4 0.7 0. 8 1.1 1.7
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ● ✳2
Front (F)
Solderless terminal — — — ● ●
Connection Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in (PM) — ● ● ● ●
Flush plate (FP) — ● ● ● ●
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ● ● ●
Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ●
Insulation switch (MG) ● ● ● ● ●
Accessories Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL) — ● ● ● ●
Test button module (TBM) — ● ● ● ●
Lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ●
Load-side flying lead type ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof (S) ● ● ● ● ●
Enclosure Dustproof (I) — ● ● ● ●
Water proof (W) — ● ● ● ●
Electrical operation device (MD) — — — ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) — ● ● ● ●
(HL) — ● ● ● ●
External Handle lock device (HL-S) — ● ● ● ●

accessories (LC) ● ● ● ● ●
(F) — ● ● ● ●
External operating handle
(S) — ● ● ● ●
(TC-L) ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal cover
(BTC) ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (B-ST) ● ● ● ● ●
Flush (FP) — ● ● ● ●
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic
Trip button — Equipped
✳ 1. If using a 3-pole earth-leakage breaker as a 1-pole 2-phase device, connect the left and right poles and not
the central pole. If using as 1-pole 3-phase, connect the neutral wire to the central pole.
✳ 2. Bolt terminal
24
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 400 630
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV400-CP NV630-CP
Photo
Supply system ✳1 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W

Number of poles 3 3
Rated operational voltage Ue VAC Multi-voltage type 230- 400- 440 Multi-voltage type 230- 400- 440
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 40°C 250, 300, 350, 400 500, 600, 630
High-speed Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA) 30•100•500 Selectable —
type Max. operating time at 5I∆n (s) 0.04 —
Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA) 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable
Time-delay
type Max. operating time at 2I∆n (s) 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0• 2.0 Selectable
Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s) 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0
Earth-leakage indication system Button Button
Characteristics for DC componentes Type AC Type AC
Utilization category A A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — —
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8
Pollution degree 3 3
Rated 440V 25/13 36/18
breaking IEC60947-2 AC 400V 36/18 36/18
capacity (Icu/Ics)
(kA) 230V 50/25 50/25
ca a 140 210
a c
b 257 275
Dimensions (mm)
b c 103 103
ca 134 155
Weight kg 6.1 12.3
Bus bar terminal ● ●
Front (F)
Solderless terminal ● ●
Rear (B) ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ●
Connection Rear front IP20 with (PM-A) — —
auto-trip
Plug-in
Rear front IP20 with — —
(PM-L)
“ON-lock”
Front (DPM) — —
Flush plate (FP) ● ●
Alarm switch (AL) ● ●
Cassette-type Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ●
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ●
Insulation switch (MG) ● ●
Built-in
accessories Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL) ● ●
Test button module (TBM) ● ●
Accessories With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ●
connection With flying leads ● ●
(S) — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ●
Waterproof (W) ● ●
Electrical Motor-operated type (MD) ● ●
operation
device Spring-charged type (MDS) ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ●
(HL) ● ●
External
accessories Handle lock device (HL-S) ● ●
(LC) — —
(F) ● ●
(S) ● ●
(TC-L) ● ●
Terminal cover
(BTC) ● ●
Rear (B-ST) ● ●
Flush (FP) ● ●
Reverse connection ● ●
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic
Trip button Equipped Equipped
✳ 1. If using a 3-pole earth-leakage breaker as a 1-pole 2-phase device, connect the left and right poles and not
the central pole. If using as a 1-pole 3-phase, connect the neutral wire to the central pole.
25
SPECIFICATIONS
ELCBS NV-S Series ( Standard type )

Frame (A) 30 50 60 100
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV30-SP NV50-HP NV60-HP NV100-SP NV100-SEP
Photo
3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W,

Supply system ✳2 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 3ø4W
1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W 1ø3W
230- 230- 230- 230- 230-
400- 400- 400- 400- 400-
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC
440 440 440 440 440
Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type
Rated current In (A) 15,20,30 15(✳1),20,30,40 15~20,30~50,60~100
5,10,15,20,30 60
at ambient temperature 30°C 40,50 50,60,75,100 Adjustable
30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500
High-speed Rated current sensitivity I∆ n (mA)
Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable
type
Max. operating time at 5I∆ n (s) 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04
100•300•500 100•300•500
Rated current sensitivity I∆ n (mA) — — —
Time-delay
0.45•1.0•2.0 0.45•1.0•2.0
type Max. operating time at 2I∆n (s) — — —
Inertial non-operating time at 2I∆n (s) — — — 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0
Characteristics for DC components Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC
440V 5/2 10/5 10/5 25/13 25/13

IEC60947-2 AC 400V 5/2 10/5 10/5 30/15 30/15
cu/Ics
230V 10/5 25/13 25/13 50/25 50/25
ca a 75 75 75 90 90 120
a c
b 130 130 130 155 155
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 90 90 90
Weight kg 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.5
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ●
Front (F)
Connection Rear (B ) ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in (PM) ● ● ● ● ●
Flush plate (FP) ● ● ● ● ●
Pre-alarm Contacts (PAL) — — — — ●
Internal Insulation switch (MG) ● ● ● ● ●
accessories Test lead switch (TBL) ● ● ● ● ●
Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL) ● ● ● ● ●
Lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ●
Load side flying lead type ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof (S) ● ● ● ● ● —
Enclosure Dustproof (I) ● ● ● ● ● —
Waterproof (W) ● ● ● ● ● —
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ●
External Handle lock device (HL-S) ● ● ● ● ●
accessories (LC) ● ● ● ● ●
(F) ● ● ● ● ●
(S) ● ● ● ● ●
(TCL) ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal cover
(BTC) ● ● ● ● ● —
Rear (B-ST) ● ● ● ● ●
Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ●
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Electronic
✳ 1. Time delay type is not available for ampere rating 15A.

✳ 2. It using a 3-pole earth-leakage breaker as a 1-pole 2-phase device, connect the left and right poles and not
the central pole. If using as 1-pole 3-phase, connect the neutral wire to the central pole.
26
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 100 225
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV100-HP NV100-HEP NV100-RP NV225-SP NV225-SEP NV225-HP NV225-HEP NV225-RP
Photo
3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3 ø 3W , 3ø3W, 3 ø 3W , 3ø3W, 3ø3W, 3ø3W,

Supply system ✳4 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 3ø4W 1ø3W, 1ø2W, 1ø3W, 3ø4W 1ø2W, 1ø2W, 3ø4W 1ø2W,
1ø3W 1ø3W 1 ø 2W 1 ø 3W 1 ø 2W 1ø3W 1ø 3 W 1ø3W
Number of poles 3 3 4 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 3
230- 230- 230- 230- 230- 230- 230- 230-
400- 400- 400- 400- 400- 400- 400- 400-
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC
440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440
Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage typee Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type
15~20,30~50,
Rated current In (A) 15(✳1) ,20,30 (40), 15(✳1) ,20,30 (40), 125,150,175 125~225 125,150,175 125~225 125,150,175
60~100
at ambient temperature 30°C 50,60,75,100 50,60,75,100 200,225 Adjustable 200,225 Adjustable 200,225
Adjustable
30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500 30•100•500
High-speed Rated current sensitivity I∆ n (mA) Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable
type
Max.operating time at 5 I∆ n (s) 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04
100•300•500 100•300•500 100•300•500 100•300•500 100•300•500 100•300•500 100•300•500 100•300•500
Rated current sensitivity I∆ n (mA)
Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable
Time-delay
0.45•1.0•2.0 0.45•1.0•2.0 0.45•1.0•2.0 0.45•1.0•2.0 0.45•1.0•2.0 0.45•1.0•2.0 0.45•1.0•2.0 0.45•1.0•2.0
type Max. operating time at 2 I∆n (s)
Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable
Inertial non-operating time at 2 I∆n (s) 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0
Earth-leakage indication system Button Button Button Button Button Button Button Button
Characteristics for DC components Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC
Rated breaking capacity (kA) 440V 50/25 50/25 125/125 25/13 25/13 50/13 50/13 125/125
IEC60947-2 AC 400V 50/25 50/25 125/125 30/15 30/15 50/13 50/13 125/125
(Icu/Ics) 230V 100/50 100/50 125/125 50/25 50/25 100/25 100/25 125/125
ca a 90 90 120 90 105 105 140 105 105 140 105
a c
b 155 155 216 165 165 16 5 16 5 240
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 90 92 92 92 92 92
Weight kg 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.9 1.7 1. 8 2.3 1.7 1.8 2.3 3.5
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2 ● ✳2
Front (F)
Solderless terminal ● ● ● ● ● ✳3 ● ● ✳3 ●
Connection Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in (PM) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Pre-alarm Contact (PAL) — ● — — ● — ● —
Alarm switch (AL) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Internal Insulation switch (MG) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Test button module (TBM) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Load side flying lead type ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof (S) ● ● — — ● ● — ● — —
Enclosure Dustproof (I) ● ● — — ● ● — ● ● — —
Water proof (W) ● ● — — ● ● — ● ● — —
Electrical operation device (MD) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External Handle lock device (HL-S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
accessories (LC) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(F) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
External Operating handle
(S) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
(TCL) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal cover
(BTC) ● ● — ● ● ● — ● ● — ●
Rear (B-ST) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Electronic Thermal, magnetic Thermal, magnetic Electronic Thermal, magnetic Electronic Thermal, magnetic
✳ 1. Time delay type is not available for ampere rating 15A.

✳ 2. Bolt terminal
✳ 3. With solderless terminal, the rated current is 125~200A at 40°C.
✳ 4. If using a 3-pole earth-leakage breaker as a 1-pole 2-phase device, connect the left and right poles and not the central pole. If using as a 1-pole 3-phase, connect the neutral wire to the central pole.
27
SPECIFICATIONS
EARTH LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
ELCBS NV-S Series ( Standard type )

Frame (A) 400
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV400-SP NV400-SEP NV400-HEP NV400-REP
Photo
Supply system 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø4W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø4W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W
230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440
Rated operational voltage Ue VAC
Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type
Rated current In (A) at ambient temperature 40°C 250,300,350,400 200~400 adjustable 200~400 adjustable 200~400 adjustable
High-speed Rated current sensitivity I∆ n (mA) 30•100•500 Selectable 30•100•500 Selectable 30•100•500 Selectable 30•100•500 Selectable
type Max. operating time at 5 I∆ n (s) 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04
Rated current sensitivity I∆ n (mA) 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable
Time-delay
Max. operating time at 2 I∆n (s) 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable
type
Inertial non-operating time at 2 I∆n (s) 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0
Earth-leakage indication system Button Button Button Button
Characteristics for DC componentes Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — 5 5 5
440V 42/42 (36/36) ✳1 42/42 (36/36) ✳1 65/65 125/63
Rated breaking IEC60947-2
AC 400V 45/45 (36/36) ✳1 45/45 (36/36) ✳1 70/70 125/63
capacity (kA) (lcu/lcs)
230V 85/85 (65/65) ✳1 85/85 (65/65) ✳1 100/100 150/75
ca a 1 40 140 185 1 40 1 85 140
a c
b 2 57 257 25 7 257
Dimensions (mm)
b c 103 1 03 103 103
ca 155 1 55 155 155
Weight kg 6.1 6.6 8.4 6.6 8.4 6.6
Front (F)
Solderless terminal ● ● — —
Rear (B) ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ●
Connection Rear front IP20 with
(PM-A) — — — —
auto-trip
Plug-in
Rear front IP20 with
(PM-L) — — — —
“ON-lock”
Flush plate (FP) ● ● ● ●
Insulation switch (MG) ● ● ● ●
Built-in
Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL) ● ● ● ●
accessories
Test button module (TBM) ● ● ● ●
connections With frying leads ● ● ● ●
(S) — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● — — —
Waterproof (W) ● ● — — —
Electrical Motor-operated type (MD) ● ● ● ●
operation
device Spring-charge type (MDS) ● ● ● ●
External Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ●
accessories (HL) ● ● ● ●
Handle lock device (HL-S) ● ● ● ●
(LC) — — — —
(F) ● ● ● ●
(S) ● ● ● ●
(TC-L) ● ● — —
Terminal cover
(BTC) ● ● — ● —
✳1. In case of solderless terminal, interrupting capacity reduces as follows.
28
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 630 800
SPECIFICATIONS
Type NV630-SP NV630-SEP NV630-HEP NV800-SEP NV800-HEP
Photo
Supply system 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø4W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W 3ø3W, 1ø3W, 1ø2W
230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440 230-400-440
Rated operational voltage Ue VAC
Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type Multi-voltage type
Rated current In (A)
500,600,630 300~630 Adjustable 300~630 Adjustable 400~800 Adjustable 400~800 Adjustable
at ambient temperature 40°C
High-speed Rated current sensitivity I ∆ n (mA) — — — — —
type Max. operating time at 5 I∆ n (s) — — — — —
Rated current sensitivity I ∆ n (mA) 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable 100•300•500 Selectable
Time-delay
Max. operating time at 2 I∆n (s) 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable 0.45•1.0•2.0 Selectable
type
Inertial non-operating time at 2 I∆n (s) 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0 0.1•0.5•1.0
Characteristics for DC componentes Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC Type AC
Utilization category A B B B B
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (kA) — 7.6 7.6 9.6 9.6
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8 8 8
Pollution degree 3 3 3 3 3
Rated 440V 42/42 42/42 65/65 42/42 65/65
IEC60947-2
breaking AC 400V 45/45 45/45 70/70 45/45 70/70
(lcu/lcs)
capacity (kA) 230V 85/85 85/85 100/100 85/85 100/100
ca a 210 210 280 2 10 2 10 210
a c
b 275 2 75 2 75 2 75 275
Dimensions (mm)
b c 103 1 03 103 103 103
ca 155 1 55 1 55 1 55 155
Weight kg 12.5 14.3 18.6 14.3 15.3 15.3
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ● ●
Front (F)
Solderless terminal ● ● — ● —
Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ● ●
Connection Rear front IP20
(PM-A) — — — — —
with auto-trip
Plug-in
Rear front IP20
(PM-L) — — — — —
with “ON-lock”
Front (DPM) — — — — —
Flush plate (FP) ● ● ● ● ●
Cassette-
type
Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in
Earth-leakage trip alarm (EAL) ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
Test button module (TBM) ● ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ●
connection With flying leads ● ● ● ● ●
(S) — — — — —
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● — — ● —
Waterproof (W) ● ● — — ● —
Motor-operated
Electric (MD) ● ● ● ● ●
type
operation
Spring-charge
device (MDS) ● ● ● ● ●
type
External Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ●
accessories
(HL) ● ● ● ● ●
Handle lock device (HL-S) ● ● ● ● ●
(LC) — — — — —
External operating (F) ● ● ● ● ●
handle (S) ● ● ● ● ●
(TC-L) ● ● — ● —
Terminal cover
(BTC) ● ● ● ● ●
Reverse connection ● ● ● ● ●
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic Electronic Electronic Eectronic Electronic
29
SPECIFICATIONS
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
BH Series
Type BH BH-P
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 70 100 100 70 100 100
Photo
Rated current (A)

70 70,100 70,100 70 70,100 70,100
at ambient temperature 40° C
AC 230/400 230/400
Rated insulation voltage (V)
DC 125 125
Breaking capacity IEC60898 AC230/400V 3 3

(kA) sym.
— DC125V 1 1
Type of instantaneous operation Type C (5 In <, <10 In)
a 25 50 75 25 50 75
ca
a c
b 95 74
Dimensions
(mm) b c 57.5 60.5
ca 77.5 79
Weight (kg) 0.16 0.32 0.48 0.13 0.26 0.38
Clamp terminal Plug-in (line) Clamp (load)
Connection
Automatic tripping device Thermal, magnetic
Terminal cover ● —
Mounting plate ● —
Optiona l
a cce ssorie s ✳
Terminal base — ●
Lock cover ● ●
Approved by — LR, GL, NK — — LR, BV, AB, GL, NK —
✳ Specify if required - cost is additional.
30
SPECIFICATIONS
Type BH-S M3 BH-S M6
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Rated current (A) 5,10,15,20,(25), 10,15,20,(25), 15,20,(25), 5,10,15,20,(25), 10,15,20,(25), 15,20,(25),

at ambient temperature 40°C 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60
AC 230/400 400 400 230/400 400 400

DC — 125 — — 125 —

(kA) sym.
— DC125V — 1 — — 1 —
Type of instantaneous operation Types B,C,D ✳
a 25 50 75 25 50 75
ca
a c
b 95 95
Dimensions
(mm) b c 5 7. 5 57.5
ca 76 76
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.32 0.50 0.15 0.32 0 .5 0
Clamp terminal
Connection
Terminal cover ●
Mounting plate ●
Optional
accessories
Handle lock ●
Lock cover —
Approved by —
✳ Type B (3 In <, 5 In), Type C (5 In <, 10 In), Type D (10 In <, 20 In)
31
SPECIFICATIONS
BH Series
Type BH-PS M3 BH-PS M9
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Rated current (A) 10,15,20, 10,15,20, 15,20, 6,10,16,20,(25), 10,16,20,(25), 10,16,20,(25),

at ambient temperature 40°C 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 30,40,50,60 32,40,50,60 32,40,50,60 32,40,50,60
AC 230/400 400 400 230/400 400 400

DC — 125 — —

(kA) sym.
— DC125V — 1 — —
Type of instantaneous operation Types B,C,D ✳
a 25 50 75 25 50 75
ca
a c
b 81.5 81.5
Dimensions
(mm) b c 60.5 60.5
ca 79 79
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.32 0.50 0.15 0.32 0.50
Plug-in (line) Clamp (load)
Connection
Terminal cover —
Terminal base ●
Optional
accessories
Lock cover —
Handle lock ●
Approved by — LR
✳ Type B (3 In <, 5 In), Type C (5 In <, 10 In), Type D (10 In <, 20 In)
32
SPECIFICATIONS
DIN SERIES FOR GENERAL
CONSUMER UNITS
MCB BH-D6 (IEC60898)
SPECIFICATIONS
Photo
Number of poles 1 2 3 4
Rated current (A) 6,10,13,16,20,25 , 6,10,13,16,20,25, 6,10,13,16,20,25, 6,10,13,16,20,25,

at ambient temperature 30°C 32,40,50,63 32,40,50,63 32,40,50,63 32,40,50,63
Rated voltage (VAC) 230/400 400 400 400

Breaking capacity (IEC60898) 6kA
Tripping characteristics Type B, C
ca a 18 36 54 72
a c
Dimensions b 87
(mm) b c 44
ca 70
Weight (kg) 0.15 0.30 0.45 0.6
Connection Solderless
Optional accessories Insulating barrier — 1 pc 2 pcs 3 p cs
RCCB BV -D (IEC61008)
Photo
Number of poles 2 4
Rated current (A)

25, 40, 63
Rated voltage (VAC) 230 230/400

Rated current sensitivity I∆n (mA) 30, 300
Max. operating time (sec) at 5I∆ 0.04
Pulsating current sensitivity Type AC
Rated conditional short-circuit current (kA) 6
ca a 36 72
a c
Dimensions b 85
(mm) b c 44
ca 70
Weight (kg) 0.2 0.35
Isolating switch KB -D (IEC60947-3)
Photo
Utilization category AC22A class
Rated current (A)

32, 63
Rated voltage (VAC) 230 400

Short time withstand current (A) 20 ✕ In, 1sec
Short-circuit making capacity (A) 20 ✕ In
ca a 18 36 54 72
a c
Dimensions b 87
(mm) b c 44
ca 70
Weight (kg) 0.09 0.18 0.27 0.36
Optional accessories Insulating barrier — 1 pc 2 pcs 3 pcs
33
SPECIFICATIONS
MOTOR PROTECTION
MCCB MB Series
Frame (A) 30 50 100 225
SPECIFICATIONS
Type MB30-SP MB50-CP MB50-SP MB100-SP MB225-SP

0.8, 1.2, 1.4 , 0.8, 1.2, 1.4 ,
0.8, 1.2, 1.4 , 12.5, 16, 25,
2, 2.5, 4, 5, 2, 2.5, 4, 5, 125, 150,
2, 2.5, 4, 5, 32, 40, 45,
Rated current (In), A 7.1, 8, 10, 7.1, 8, 10, 175, 200,
7.1, 8, 10, 63, 71, 90,
12, 16, 25, 32, 12, 16, 25, 32, 225
12, 16, 25, 32 100
40, 45 40, 45
Rated ambient temperature, °C ✳1 30 30 30 30 30
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) AC 500 500 500 500 500
500V AC — — — — —
Rated short-circuit breaking 440V AC 2.5/1 2.5/1 7.5/4 25/13 25/13
capacity, r.m.s. (kA) as per Ue
IEC60947-2 (Icu/Ics) 400V AC 5/2 5/2 7.5/4 30/15 30/15
230V AC 5/2 5/2 10/5 50/25 50/25
Utilization category A A A A A
Reverse connection ● ● ● ● ●
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 6 6 6 6 6
Pollution degree 2 2 2 2 2
ca a 75 75 75 90 105
a c
b 130 130 130 155 165
Dimensions (mm)
b c 68 68 68 68 68
ca 90 90 90 90 92
Weight Kg 0.65 0.65 0.75 1.1 1.5
Screw terminal ● ● ● ● ● ✳2
Front
Fixed (F)
Bus bar terminal ● ● ● ● ●
Installation Rear (B) ● ● ● ● ●
and
connection Flush (FP) ● ● ● ● ●
Rear (PM) ● ● ● ● ●
Plug-in Rear with auto-trip (PM-A) — — — — ●
Front (DPM) ● ● ● ● ●
Cassette- Auxiliary switch (AX) ● ● ● ● ●
type
accessories Shunt trip (SHT) ● ● ● ● ●
Undervoltage trip (UVT) ● ● ● ● ●
Accessory With lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ● ● ● ●
connections With flying lead ● ● ● ● ●
Built-in
Pre-alarm contact output (PAL) — — — — —
accessories
(S) ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) ● ● ● ● ●
Waterproof (W) ● ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) ● ● ● ● ●
(HL) ● ● ● ● ●
(HL-S) ● ● ● ● ●
device
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ●
(V) — — — ● ●
Door
(S) ● ● ● ● ●
External mounting
External
Operating (SS) ● ● ● ● —
accessories
handle (R) — — — ● ●
Mounted on
breaker (F) ● ● ● ● ●
Insulating Between phase (BA-F) ● ● ● ● ●
barrier To ground (BA-G) ● ● ● ● ●
Large (TC-L) ● ● ● ● ●
Small (TC-S) ● ● ● ● ●
Terminal
Transparent (TTC) ● ● ● ● ●
cover
For rear connection (BTC) ● ● ● ● ●
For plug-in (PTC) ● ● ● ● ●
Adapter for IEC 35mm rail ● ● ● ● —
Marine approval (NK, etc.) ● ● ● ● ●
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic Themal, magnetic
✳1. Rating at 40°C is also available. Please specify when ordering.

✳2. Bolt terminal.
34
SPECIFICATIONS
MOTOR PROTECTION
ELCB MN Series
Fault protection Earth-leakage, overload, short circuit and overheating of motor windings
SPECIFICATIONS
Frame (A) 30 50 100 225
Type MN30-CS MN50-CP MN50-SP MN100-SP MN225-SP
Phase and wires ✳1 3 ø3 w ; 1 ø2 w 3 ø3 w
Rated voltage (VAC) 100-200 120-240-415
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
A A A A A A A
100V 200V 200V 415V 200V 415V 200V 415V 200V 415V 200V 415V 200V 415V
32 — 7.5 45 11 22 8 — 3.7 45 11 22 7.1 1.5 — 100 — 55 225 55 10
25 — 5.5 40 — 18.5 7.1 1.5 — 40 — 18.5 5 — 2.2 90 22 45 200 — —
16 0.75 3.7 32 7.5 15 5 — 2.2 32 7.5 15 4 0.75 1.5 71 18.5 37 175 45 90
Ampere rating (A)
10 0.4 2.2 25 5.5 11 4 0.75 1.5
at ambient temperature 40° C 25 5.5 11 2.5 0.4 — 63 15 30 150 37 75
For class E motors of the 7.1 — 1.5 16 3.7 7.5 2.5 0.4 — 16 3.7 7.5 2 — 0.75 45 11 22 125 30 —
corresponding outputs (kW) 6.3 0.2 — 12 — 5.5 2 — 0.75 12 — 5.5 1.4 0.2 —
4 0.1 0.75 10 2.2 — 1.4 0.2 — 10 2.2 — 1.2 — 0.4
2.5 — 0.4 8 — 3.7 0.8 — —
1.4 — 0.2
High-speed Rated current sensitivity (mA) 15, 30, 100 30, 100 • 200 • 500 (Selectable)
type Max. operating time (s) 0.1
Earth-leakage indication system Button
415V — 2.5 7.5 25 25
Interrupting capacity (kA)
240V 2.5 (200V) 5 10 50 50
JIS C8371
120V 2.5 (100V) 5 10 50 50
ca a 67.5 75 75 90 105
a c
b 96 130 130 155 165
Dimensions (mm)
b c 52 68 68 68 68
ca 67 90 90 90 92
Weight (kg) 0.4 0.7 0.7 1.2 1.7
Connection Clamp terminal Screw terminal
Test button lead wires (TBL) ● ● ● ● ●
Earth-leakage alarm (EAL) — ● ● ● ●
Test-button module (TBM) — ● ● ● ●
LT — — — — —
Lead-wire terminal block
SLT ● ● ● ● ●
Mechanical interlock (MI) — ● ● ● ●
Accessories (S) ● ● ● ● ●
Dustproof
Enclosure (I) — ● ● ● ●
Waterproof (W) — ● ● ● ●
Handle lock device (HL) — ● ● ● ●
Lock cover (LC) ● ● ● ● ●
F — ● ● ● ●
External handle
S — ● ● ● ●
Terminal cover (TCL) ● ● ● ● ●
Rear stud ● ● ● ● ●
Flush-mounting frame — ● ● ● ●
Plug-in terminal — ● ● ● ●
Conformation to IEC (Option) — — — — —
Automatic tripping device Hydraulic-magnetic Thermal, magnetic
✳ 1. If using a 3-pde earth-leakage breaker as a 1-pde 2-phase device, connect the left and right poles and not the central pde.
35
SPECIFICATIONS
OTHERS
ELRS and ZCTS

Types ELR and ZCT are designed according to JIS C 8374.
SPECIFICATIONS
Type Interchangeable ELR For protective coordination
Type Electrical self-holding type Mechanical self-holding type Upstream interlock relay
NV-ZB NV-ZS NV-ZU
Photo
15 ZT15A ZT15A NV-Z15U
ZCT aperture diameter 40 ZT40A ZT40A NV-Z40U

Type
(mm) 60 ZT60A ZT60A NV-Z60U
100 ZT100A ZT100A NV-Z100U
Number of poles / phases 3ph 4w; 3ph 3w; 1ph 3w; 1ph 2w
Rated voltage (VAC) 120• 240 ✳ 120 • 240, 240• 415✳ 120• 240, 240• 415 ✳
30
100• 500 ✳ 30 30
Rated current sensitivity (mA) 100• 500 ✳ 200• 500• 1000 ✳
High 200• 500 ✳ 200• 500 ✳ 200• 500 ✳ 200• 500• 1000 ✳
200• 500 ✳
speed type
0.1
Max. operating time (s) 0.1
(Backup time by interlock signal is 0.3sec.)
200• 500 ✳ 200• 500 ✳
Rated current sensitivity (mA) 200• 500✳
500• 1000 ✳ 500• 1000 ✳
T im e
Operating time (s) 0.3 0.3• 0.8 ✳ —
delay type
Inertial non-operating time (s) 0 .1 0.1• 0.5
Earth-leakage indication LED Button LED

Push button
Resetting method Push button or control power switch off Push button or control power switch off
(combined with earth-leakage indicator)
Rated overcurrent (kA) 100 (peak value)
Number and type 1c High speed: 2a (1a1b) Time delay: 1a1c 1a
Continuous current capacity (A) 5 7 5
cosø= 0.4 cosø= 0.4 cosø= 0.4

Voltage cosø= 1 Voltage cosø= 1 Voltage cosø= 1
L/R=0.007 L/R=0.007 L/R=0.007
120VAC 5 2.5 120VAC 7 7 120VAC 5 2.5
Contacts
240VAC 5 2 240VAC 7 7 240VAC 5 2
Contact capacity (A)
30VDC 5 2 415VAC 5 2 415VAC 1 0.6
30VDC 7 6 30VDC 5 2
100VDC 0.6 0. 6
200VDC 0.3 0.3
Connection Clamp terminal

✳ Selectable.
36
SPECIFICATIONS
OTHERS
● Interchangeable ZCT
SPECIFICATIONS
Type ZT15A ZT30A ZT40A ZT60A ZT80A ZT100A
Aperture diameter (mm) 15 30 40 60 80 100
Weight (kg) 0. 2 0.4 0.6 2.0 2.6 3.3
Withstand current (kA) 100 (peak value)
Dimensions (mm) a 48 68 85 140 160 185
b 52 52 52 90 90 90
b
e
c 70 90 100 150 169 190

c
d
a d 25 50 50 100 100 100
e 40 40 40 70 70 70
● ZCT aperture diameter and permissible wire size

15 30 40 60 80 100
ZCT aperture diameter (mm)
Max. permissible 600V rated wire size in mm2 (current in amperes)
1ø2w Polyvinyl chloride insulated wire 14 (88) 60 (217) 150 (395) 325 (650) 600 (992) 800 (1185)
Cross-linked polyethylene insulated cable 2 (33) 38 (190) 60 (260) 250 (655) 400 (870) 600 (1140)
1ø3w
Polyvinyl-chloride insulated wire 8 (61) 38 (162) 100 (298) 250 (556) 500 (842) 725 (1095)
3ø3w
Cross-linked polyethylene insulated cable 2 (33) 22 (135) 60 (260) 200 (560) 325 (760) 600 (1140)
3ø4w Polyvinyl-chloride insulated wire 8 (61) 38 (162) 100 (298) 150 (395) 325 (650) 600 (992)
Cross-linked polyethylene insulated cable — 14 (105) 38 (190) 100 (365) 250 (655) 400 (870)
● Interchangeable ZCTs with primary conductors

Type ZTA600A ZTA1200A ZTA2000A
Number of poles 3
Rated voltage (VAC) 600
Rated overcurrent (kA) 100 (peak value)
a a 22 7 227 3 60
b 256 298 250
ba
b
ba 366 444 594
c
c 42 78 79
ca ca 125 176 214
● ELRs with a ZCT with primary conductors

Frame (A) 600 1200 2000 3200
ZB NV-ZB3200
Interchangeable ELR and interchangeable ZCTs with primary conductors
Type ZS NV-ZS3200
ZU NV-ZU600 NV-ZU1200 NV-ZU2000 NV-ZU3200
Number of poles 3
Rated voltage (VAC) 600
Withstand current (kA) 100 (peak value)
a a 227 2 27 360 490
b 256 298 250 320
ba
b
ba 366 4 44 594 868
c
c 42 78 79 111
ca ca 1 25 176 214 290

Weight (kg) 6.5 11 27 54
Control voltage (VAC) Rated current sensitivity (mA) Max. operating time (s) Inertial non-operating time (s)
ZB 120 • 240✳ 200 • 500✳
0.1 —
High-speed type ZS 120 • 240, 240 • 415✳ 200 • 500✳
Specification of 0.1
ELRs ZU 120 • 240, 240 • 415✳ 200 • 500 • 1000✳ (backup time by interlock —
signal is 0.3s)
ZB 120 • 240✳ 200 • 500✳ 0.3 0.1
Time-delay type
ZS 120 • 240, 240 • 415✳ 200 • 500✳ 0.3 • 0.8✳ 0.1 • 0.5✳
✳ Selectable.
37
SPECIFICATIONS
OTHERS
CIRCUIT PROTECTORS TYPE CP

Frame (A) 30
SPECIFICATIONS
Type CP30 -BA CP-B CP-S
Photo
Number of poles 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
AC 250 AC 250
DC 65 DC 65 AC 250
Rated voltage (V) AC 250
DC 65, DC125 (for 2-pole breakers series type only) ✳1
AC-DC common use
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.3, 0.5, 0.75,

Rated current (A) 0.1, 0.25, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 30 1, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7, 7.5, 10, 15,
20 , 2 5, 30
125V — 2500 2500
AC 240V 2500 — —
Interrupting
250V — 1500 1500
capacity (A)
60V 2500 — — 1000 (DC65V) 1000 (DC65V)
DC
120V — 2500 — — 1000 — — 10 00 —
Instantaneous type (I) Instantaneous type (I) Fast type (F)

Operating characteristics
Medium-speed type (M) Medium-speed type (M) Slow type (S)
Instantaneous type (I): electronic type only

Tripping system
Other types (M, F, S): hydraulic magnetic
Standard ambient temperature (° C) 40 40 25
Weight g 80 160 230 100 200 300 60 1 20 180
Inertial delay (ID) ● (Medium-speed: AC only) ● (Medium-speed, fast, slow: AC only)
Alarm switch (AL) ● (Ic) ● (Ia or Ib) (✳ 2) ● (Ic)
Auxiliary switch (AX) ● (Ic) ● (Ia or Ib) ● (Ic)

Accessories
Shunt trip (SHT) — ● (for relay type only) ● (for parallel and relay type)
Lock cover (LC) — ● — ● —
Terminal cover ● — —
20A or less : clamp terminal M4

Main body Clamp terminal M5 Faston terminal #250
Conection 30A : clamp terminal M5
Alarm switch / Auxiliary switch Clamp terminal M3.5 Clamp terminal M3.5 Faston terminal #110
Surface, DIN rail mounting

Main body mounting method Surface, DIN rail mounting Panel mounting
Flush panel mounting (option)
Marine approval (NK) — ● ✳3 — —
International standard UL, CSA — UL ✳3 —
CE marking ● ✳3 — ● ✳3
✳ 1 . Specify if for DC use when ordering

✳ 2 . In case of DC use, only DC65V is available.
✳ 3 . Specify when ordering. (In case of CP-S UL, type name is CP-SU.)
38
SPECIAL PURPOSE BREAKERS
MAG ONLY, DC-USE AND DSN-TYPE
Mag Only (Instantaneous tripping circuit breakers)

NF50-CP/HP AC, DC
NF60-CP/HP AC, DC
NF100-CP/SP/HP AC, DC
Fixed Rated current x10
NF160-SP/HP AC, DC

NF250-CP/SP/HP AC, DC
NF400-CP/SP
AC, DC
NF630-CP
High: Rated current x10
NF630-SP AC, DC
Low: Rated current x4
Adjustable High: Rated current x10

NF800-SEP AC
Low: Rated current x2
NF800-SDP DC High: 8000A Low: 3200A
Note: Standard are fixed type models. Adjustable type can be made to order.
Remarks: 1. The size, weight, accessories, etc., are all identical to the same-designation C
and S series breakers.
2. For more detail, contact your dealer.
DC-Use MCCBs and DSN-type Switches

Breaking is more difficult with direct currents because Wiring diagram for DC-usage.
the current value never reaches zero. While ordinary
DC breakers are suitable for low voltages, special
voltage DC breakers are recommended for voltages in
excess of 250VDC. Breakers for 550V are all 4-pole
models.
The size, shape, drilling plan, accessories, etc., are all Wiring diagram for DC use.
identical to the S series of same-designation breakers. Note: The tripping characteristics will change if the wiring differs from the one
shown here.
Type NF50-HP NF60-HP NF100-SP NF160-SP NF250-SP NF400-SP NF630-SP NF800-SDP

Number of poles 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
Rated voltage (VDC) 400 550 400 550 440 550 440 550 4 40 550 440 550 440 5 50 440 550
2/1 2/1 10/5 15/8 15/8 40/40 40/40 40/40
IEC 60947-2 (ICU/ICS)
Notes: 1: Time constant: 10ms or below.
• DC side
These breakers are designed as thyristor-Leonard communication failure. (Mag-Only breakers can also
system DC-side breakers. They protect the thyristor be used for this role.) Use these breakers in
from short circuiting when there is a power or combination with fast fuses for even greater protection.
Type NF100-SP NF160-SP NF250-SP NF400-SP NF630-SP NF800-SDP
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
Rated voltage (VDC) 250 440 250 440 250 440 250 440 2 50 440 250 440
Interrupting capacity (kA) 15 10 20 20 20 20 20
Instantaneous trip current (min.) 3 times rated current 700A 700A 900A 1000A 1400A
• DSN-type switches
These are standard MCCBs without the automatic The appearance, size, drilling plan and available
tripping element. The tripping capacity is about six accessories are all identical to similar type standard S
times the rated current. and C series MCCBs.
Type DSN30-CS DSN50-CP DSN100-CP DSN250-CP DSN400-CP DSN630-CP DSN800-CP
Rated current (A) 30 50 100 2 50 400 630 800
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3
Rated voltage (AC/DC) 460/— 500/250 500/250 500/250 600/250 600/250 600/250
Max. switching current (AC/DC) 180/— 300/125 600/250 1350/560 2400/1000 3780/1575 4800/2000
Type DSN30-SP DSN50-SS DSN50-HP DSN100-SP DSN250-SP DSN400-SP DSN630-SP DSN800-SP

Rated current (A) 30 50 100 25 0 40 0 63 0 800
Number of poles 2 3 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4 3 4
Rated voltage (AC/DC) 500/250 265/125 500/250 500/250 500/250 690/250 6 90 /2 5 0 690/250
Max. switching current (AC/DC) 180/75 300/125 600/250 1350/560 2400/1000 3780/1575 4800/2000
39
400HZ-USE, INSTANTANEOUS AND GENERATOR PROTECTION
400Hz-Use MCCBs
The tripping characteristics for these MCCBs increase • Specifications
with an increase in the interrupted current The appearance, size, rated interrupting capacity,
instantaneous trip operating current. For this reason, drilling plan, accessories, etc., are all identical to the
these breakers are recommended for use in high- standard S series of same-designation breakers.
frequency circuits.
*1
Type NF100-SP NF100-HP NF250-SP NF250-SEP NF250-HP NF400-SP NF400-SEP NF630-SP NF630-SEP NF800-SEP
15, 20, 30, 15, 20, 30, 125, 150
125, 150 125, 150 225, 250 200~350 300~500 400~600
Rated current (A) 40, 50, 60, 40, 50, 60, 175, 200 400, 500
175, 200 175, 200 300, 350 adjustable adjustable adjustable
75, 100 75, 100 adjustable
Number of poles 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
Rated insulation voltage (VDC) 690
600V 5/3 5/3 10/10 10/10 10/10 10/10 10/10
Rated breaking capacity 500V 15/8 30/15 15/8 15/8 30/8 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30 30/30
(kA) 440V 25/13 50/25 25/13 25/13 50/13 42/42 42/42 42/42 42/42 42/42
IEC60947-2 (ICU/ICS) 400V 30/15 50/25 30/15 30/15 50/13 45/45 45/45 45/45 45/45 45/45
230V 50/25 100/50 50/25 50/25 100/25 85/85 85/85 85/85 85/85 85/85
Note *1. Instantaneous trip current : Rated current x 14 (Fix)
Low-Instantaneous MCCBs
• Low-Inst. MCCBs for Discrimination • Specifications
When a power fuse (PF) is used for high-voltage
proection, make sure that the MCCB on the secondary
side is compatible. PF short-time
PF MCCB tolerance capacity
operating
characteristic
Time
Type NF100-CP NF100-SP NF250-CP NF250-SP NF400-CP curve
Tr1
Number of poles 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 2 3 4 2 3
Low-inst.
MCCBs
50, 60, 75, 15, 20, 30, 40 125, 150, 175 125, 150, 175 250, 300 MCCB 1
Rated current (A)
100 50, 60, 75, 100 200, 225, 250 200, 225, 250 350, 400
MCCB 2
Instantaneous trip 600 ● ● ● ● ●
(% of rated Current
current) 400 — — ● ● ● Fig. 4.12 Low-inst. MCCB characteristics
Remarks: 1. Ensure compatibility with motor, etc., before use to prevent accidental tripping at start up. The appearance, size, rated interrupting capacity,
2. Specify rated current and tripping characteristic. accessories, etc., are all identical to the standard
3. There are no short time delay characteristics. instantaneous trip breakers of the same designation.
Generator-Protection MCCBs
These breakers are designed for generator protection.
• Specifications
Type NF100-SEP NF100-HEP NF250-SEP NF250-HEP
(15~20) (15~20)
Rated current (A) 30~50, 30~50, 125~250 125~250
60~100 60~100 adjustable adjustable
Instantaneous trip (% of rated current) 300 *1
Operating time at 150% of rated current (s) 18~28 *1
Rated insulation voltage (V) 690
AC690V — 5/3 — 5/3
AC500V 15/8 30/15 15/8 30/8

Rated breaking
IEC60947-2
capacity AC440V 25/13 50/25 25/13 50/13
(ICU/ICS)
(kA)
AC400V 30/15 50/25 30/15 50/13
AC230V 50/25 100/50 50/25 100/25
*1: These MCCBs operating characteristic must be adjusted as follows.

STD ≤ 3 (Is setting)
LTD: minimum setting (TL = 12sec setting)
40
CONNECTION
TYPES AND ACCESSORIES
Connection Types
If no connection method is specified with the order, we The front-connection model can be modified to other
deliver the standard fixed-installation type with front types (excluding plug-in) with special purchase
connection. options.
• Connection Types
Installation Fixed Flush Plug-in
Connection Front (F) Rear (B) Rear (FP) Front (DPM) Rear (PM)
CONNECTION
Appearance
• Connection Accessories
Type Rear studs (B-ST) Flush (FP) Plug-in (PM)
2P ST-05SP2 FP-05SP2 PM-05SP2
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP
3P
MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MN50-CP/SP 3P ST-05SP3 FP-05SP3 PM-05SP3
NV50-CP, NV60-CP, NV50-HP, NV60-HP 3P
NF50-HP, NF60-HP 4P ST-05SP4 FP-05SP4 PM-05SP4
NF100-CP/SP 2P ST-1SP2 FP-1SP2 PM-1SP2
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF100-CP T/A, NF100-SP T/A, NF100-HP T/A 2P ST-1HP2 FP-1HP2 PM-1HP2
NF100-CP/SP, NF100-SEP, NV100-CP/SP, NV100-SEP, MB100-SP,
3P ST-1SP3 FP-1SP3 PM-1SP3
MN100-SP, NF100-CP T/A, NF100-SP T/A, NF100-HP T/A
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF100-HEP, NV100-HP, NV100-HEP 3P ST-1SP3 FP-1HP3 PM-1SP3
NF100-SP, NF100-SEP, NV100-SEP, NF100-SP T/A, 4P ST-1SP4 FP-1SP4 PM-1SP4
NF100-HP, NF100-HEP, NF100-HP T/A, NV100-HEP 4P ST-1SP4 FP-1HP4 PM-1SP4
NF100-RP, NF100-UP 2P ST-1HP2 FP-1UP2 PM-1UP2
NF100-RP, NF100-UP, NV100-RP 3P ST-1SP3 FP-1UP3 PM-1UP3
NF100-UP 4P ST-1SP4 FP-1UP4 —
NF250-CP/SP, NF160-SP, NF250-CP T/A, NF160-SP T/A, NF250-SP T/A 2P FP-2SP2
ST-2SP2 PM-2SP2
NF160-HP, NF250-HP, NF160-HP T/A, NF250-HP T/A 2P FP-2HP2
NF250-CP/SP, NF250-SEP, NV225-CP/SP, NV225-SEP, MB225-SP,
3P FP-2SP3
MN225-SP, NF250-CP T/A, NF250-SP T/A, NF160-SP, NF160-T/A
ST-2SP3 PM-2SP3
NF250-HP, NF250-HEP, NV225-HP, NV225-HEP, NF160-HP,
3P FP-2HP3
NF250-HP T/A, NF160-HP T/A
NF250-SP, NF250-SEP, NV225-SEP, NF160-SP, NF160-SP T/A,
4P FP-2SP4
NF250-SP T/A
ST-2SP4 PM-2SP4
NF250-HP, NF250-HEP, NV225-HEP, NF160-HP, NF250-HP T/A,
4P FP-2HP4
NF160-HP T/A
NF225-RP, NF225-UP 2P ST-2SP2 FP-2UP2 PM-2S P2
NF225-RP, NF225-UP, NV225-RP 3P ST-2SP3 FP-2UP3 PM-2S P3
NF225-UP 4P ST-2SP4 FP-2UP4 PM-2S
- P4
NF400-CP/SP 2P ST-4SP2 PM-4SP2
FP-4SP3
NF400-CP/SP/SEP, NV400-CP/SP/SEP 3P
ST-4SP3 PM-4SP3
NF400-HEP/REP, NV400-HEP/REP 3P FP-4HP3
NF400-SP/SEP, NV400-SEP 4P FP-4SP4
ST-4SP4 PM-4SP4
NF400-HEP 4P FP-4HP4
NF630-CP/SP 2P ST-6SP2 PM-6SP2
FP-6SP3
NF630-CP/SP/SEP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP 3P
ST-6SP3 PM-6SP3
NF630-HEP/REP, NV630-HEP 3P FP-6HP3
NF630-SP/SEP, NV630-SEP 4P FP-6SP4
ST-6SP4 PM-6SP4
NF800-SDP 2P ST-8SP2 PM-8SP2
FP-6SP3
NF800-CEP/SEP, NV800-SEP 3P
ST-8SP3 PM-8SP3
NF800-HEP/REP, NV800-HEP 3P FP-6HP3
NF800-SEP 4P FP-6SP4
ST-8SP4 PM-8SP4
Line and load must be connected as shown in Normal and reverse connection methods
figure (a). Line Load
For MCCBs, line and load may also be

connected in reverse as shown in figure (b).
Load Line
Normal connection (a) Reverse connection (b)
41
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Cassette-Type Internal Accessories

Connection type
Internal accessories Function Applicable models
Lead-wire terminal
Flying leads
block
AL (Alarm switch) Indicates that the breaker has tripped. ● ●

NF-C/S/U, NV-C/S and MB series
AX (Auxiliary switch) Indicates whether the breaker is ON or OFF. ● ●
Trips the breaker electrically by remote. Allowable tripping voltage is 70% to (NF3 0 ~ 2 5 0 ) (NF3 0 ~ 2 5 0 )
● ●
SHT (Shunt trip) 110% of the rated voltage for both AC and DC. NF-C/S/U, NV-C/S and MB (NF/NV4 0 0 ~ 8 0 0 )
(NF/NV4 0 0 ~ 8 0 0 )
series NF-C/S/U, NV-C/S and ● ●
Trips the breaker automatically when the voltage drops. The tripping voltage is MB series (NF3 0 ~ 2 5 0 )
●
UVT (Undervoltage trip) 35% to 70% of the UVT rated voltage. When the voltage recovers to 85% of the (NF/NV4 0 0 ~ 8 0 0 ) —
rated voltage or above, the UVT can be reset and the breaker closed. ●
Remark: Cassette-type accessories are field-mountable type. They are available for individual purchase.
ACCESSORIES
Built-In Internal Accessories

Connection type
Internal accessories Function Applicable models Lead-wire terminal
Flying leads
block
(NV3 0 ~ 2 2 5 )
Indicates that the breaker has been tripped by earth leakage. —
EAL (Earth-leakage alarm switch) ●
(Only available with lead-wire terminal block.) (NV4 0 0 ~ 8 0 0 )
●
TBM (Test button module) Applies a test voltage by remote. NV-C/S/U and MN series ● —
When installed on an earth-leakage circuit breaker, it allows the load side

MG (Insulation switch) ● —
insulation resistance to be measured while the breaker is off.
PAL (Pre-alarm module) Indicates that the load current exceeds the pre-alarm setting current. ● —
Electronic Types —
Indicates that the breaker has been tripped by overcurrent or short-circuit
OAL (Overcurrent trip alarm switch)
current. NF/NV4 0 0 ~ 8 0 0 -SEP
●
Switching Operation
● Alarm Switch (AL) Operation ● Meggering Switch (MG) Operation
Main MCCB contacts Alarm contacts Main ELCB conditions MG switch condition
ALa (open)
ALb (closed) *1
Off or on ALc (DC+)
ALa (closed)
ALb (open) *1
Tripped ALc (DC+)
Off or trip On
● Auxiliary Switch (AX) Operation
Main MCCB contacts Auxiliary contacts
AXa (open)
AXb (closed) *1
Off or tripped AXc (DC+)
AXa (closed) Insulation switch open MG switch closed
AXb (open) *1
On AXc (DC+)
● AL, AX Switch Capacities
● Earth-Leakage Alarm (EAL) Operation AC DC
Micro- Amps (A) Amps (A)
Main ELCB conditions Earth-leakage alarm contacts
switch
EALa (open) used Voltage (V) Resistive Inductive Voltage (V) Resistive Inductive
225A frame or less load load load load
Overcurrent, short circuit EALc
460 – – 250 0.2 0.2
trip or on or off
EALa (open) S 250 3 2 125 0.4 0.4
400A frame or more EALb (closed)
125 5 3 30 4 3
EALc
460 5 2 250 0.3 0.3
EALa (closed)
V 250 10 10 125 0.6 0.6
225A frame or less
EALc 125 10 10 30 10 6
Ground-fault trip 460 5 2.5 250 5 3
EALa (closed) *1
400A frame or more EALb (open) X 250 10 10 125 10 6
EALc 125 10 10 30 10 10
NOTE: *1. When DC use polarity must be considered.
42
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Maximum Number of Internally Mounted Accessories

• MCCBs Left-side
Handle
Right-side
AL @ AX SHT or UVT TI
mounting mounting MG @ EAL TBL @ @PAL TBM Lead wire direction
NF30-SP NF100-SEP
NF50-CP/HP NF100-HEP
NF30-SP
NF60-CP/HP NF250-SEP
NF50-CP/HP
NF-C/S NF30-CS NF100-CP/SP NF250-HEP
NF60-CP/HP
NF100-CP/SP NF50-HRP NF250-CP/SP/HP
NF100-HP NF160-SP/HP
Type
NF100-RP/UP
NF-U
NF225-RP/UP
MB30-SP
MB50-CP/SP
MB
ACCESSORIES
MB100-SP
MB225-SP
Pole 2, 3 2 2, 3, 4 3, 4
Switch type S
AL 1 2 1 2
AX 1 2 1 2
✳3 ✳3 ✳3
SHT or UVT
1 2 1 2
AL + AX
1 2 1 2
Only 3 pole
Accessories
✳3 ✳3
AL + SHT or UVT
✳3 ✳3
AX + SHT or UVT
✳3 ✳3
AL + AX + SHT or UVT
✳4
PAL
The number within the circle shows the order of mounting.

✳ 1. Only lead-wire type available (LT or SLT is not applicable).
✳ 2. UVT mounting requires a UVT voltage module (SHT requires no such voltage module).
✳ 3. UVT unavailable.
✳ 4. PAL breakers signal an alarm at 70% to 100% of the rated current setting. Control voltage (AC 100-200V) is required.
43
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL

• MCCBs Left-side
Handle
Right-side
NF630-CP/SP
NF400-CP/SP NF630-SEP/HEP/REP
NF-C/S
NF400-SEP/HEP/REP NF800-CEP/SDP
Type NF800-SEP/HEP/REP
NF-U NF400-UEP (3P) NF400-UEP (4P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP

ACCESSORIES
Poles 2, 3, 4
Switch type S
✳3
AL
✳3
1 3 1 5 3
AX
2 4 2 6 4
✳1 ✳1
✳2 ✳2
SHT
or
UVT
✳3 ✳3
AL + AX
✳1 ✳1
✳2 ✳2
✳3 ✳3
Accessories AL + SHT or UVT ✳4 ✳4
✳1 ✳1
✳2 ✳2
✳3 1 3
5 ✳3
2 4
AX + SHT or UVT ✳4 ✳4
1 3 1
3
2 4 2
✳1 ✳1
✳2 ✳2
✳3 ✳3
AL + AX + SHT or UVT ✳4 ✳4
✳5 ✳5
PAL
(contact output)
Option for NF400-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP Option for NF630-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP NF800-CEP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP

✳6 ✳6
TI
Option for NF400-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP Option for NF630-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP NF800-CEP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP

✳1. SHT and UVT are right-pole mounting as standard. Please specify if left-pole mounting is required.
✳2. UVT mounting requires a UVT voltage module (SHT requires no such voltage module).
✳3. When mounting more than three left-pole mounting devices by SLT, or when mounting a SHT or UVT to the same pole as the AL, AX or AL + AX, a special-order SLT is necessary.
✳4. When mounting a UVT to the same pole as the AL, AX, or AL + AX, the UVT voltage module is separate.
✳5. SLT-equipped is standard. Control voltage (AC100~200V) is necessary. (In this case, no other accessories can be mounted to the breaker's right pole.)
✳6. SLT-equipped is standard. Control voltage (AC100~200V/DC100~200V) is necessary. (In this case, no other accessories can be mounted to the breaker's right pole.)
44
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
• ELCBs Left-side
Handle
Right-side
NV30-SP
NV50-CP/HP
NV100-SEP
NV60-CP/HP
NV100-HEP
NV-C/S NV30-CS NV100-CP/SP/HP
NV225-SEP
NV225-CP/SP/HP
Type NV225-HEP
NV100-RP
NV225-RP
MN50-CP/SP
MN MN30-CS MN100-SP —
MN225-SP
ACCESSORIES
Poles 3 3, 4
Switch type S
AL
AX
MG
AL + AX
Accessories AL + MG
✳ ✳
EAL
TBL
✳ ✳
TBM
PAL

1. EAL, TBL, TBM and PAL can be mounted regardless of the number of AL, AX and MG accessories.
2. With auto reset for electrical operation, the number of AL switches is reduced by one.
✳ Control supply voltage is required (EAL, PAL: AC100-200V, TBM: 100-240V AC/DC common).
45
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL

• ELCBs Left-side
Handle
Right-side
NV630-CP/SP
NV400-CP/SP
Type NV-C/S NV630-SEP/HEP
NV400-SEP/HEP/REP
NV800-SEP/HEP
Poles 3, 4
Switch type S
✳2
ACCESSORIES
AL
✳2
AX
✳1 ✳1
SHT or UVT
✳2 ✳2
AL + AX
✳1 ✳1
✳2 ✳2
✳3 ✳3
Accessories AL + SHT or UVT
✳1 ✳1
✳2 ✳2
✳3 ✳3
AX + SHT or UVT
✳1 ✳1
✳2 ✳2
✳3 ✳3
AL + AX + SHT or UVT
MG
AL + MG

✳1. UVT mounting requires a UVT voltage module (SHT requires no such voltage module).
✳2. When mounting more than three left-pole mounting devices by SLT, or when mounting a SHT or UVT to the same pole as the AL, AX or AL + AX, a special-order SLT is necessary.
✳3. When mounting a UVT to the same pole as the AL, AX or AL + AX. the UVT voltage module is separate.
46
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
• ELCBs Left-side
Handle
Right-side
NV630-CP/SP
NV400-CP/SP
Type NV-C/S NV630-SEP/HEP
NV400-SEP/HEP/REP
NV800-SEP/HEP
Poles 3, 4
Switch type S
ACCESSORIES
AX + MG
AL + AX + MG
EAL
Accessories TBL
TBM
✳1 ✳1
PAL (contact output)
✳2 ✳2
TI

1. EAL, TBL, and TBM can be mounted regardless of the number of AL, AX, SHT, UVT and MG accessories. (However, two EALs, TBLs or TBMs cannot be mounted simultaneously.)
2. The PAL’s dimensions and specifications change for the NF-C/S and NV-C/S series.
✳1. SLT-equipped is standard. Control voltage (AC100-200V) is necessary. (In this case, no other accessories can be mounted to the breaker’s right pole.)
✳2. SLT-equipped is standard. Control voltage (AC100-200V/DC100-200V) is necessary. (In this case, no other accessories can be mounted to the breaker’s right pole.)
47
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
SHT (Shunt Trip Device)

• Coil Ratings
Input VA ✳1
Operating time
MCCB type Cut-off switch Voltage ( V )
(ms) ✳2
AC DC
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF50-HRP, NF60-CP/HP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, AC100-120 50

NF100-SEP/HEP, NF100-RP/UP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MB100-SP AC200-240
AC380-450 120 5~15
(50 also 60Hz)
NF160-SP/HP, NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NF225-RP/UP, MB225-SP Equipped DC100 60
100V : 20
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP,
AC100~450/DC100~200 200V : 50 100V : 10
NF800-SDP/CEP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF400-UEP, NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP 5~15
(50 also 60Hz) 330V : 120 200V : 35
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, NV800-SEP/HEP
450V : 170
ACCESSORIES
✳1. Any voltage drops in the input electric power must not exceed the allowable operating voltage range for the SHT operating power capacity.
✳2. The operating time includes the time up to the moment the breaker’s main contact disconnects after a voltage has been applied to the shunt trip device.
• Coil Ratings (List of manufacturable special voltages)

AC/DC
AC ( V ) DC ( V )
(V)
MCCB type
380 440 24
24 48 12 24 36 48 110 125 220
~550 ~550 ~48
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF50-HRP, NF60-CP/HP, NF100-CP/SP/HP,

NF100-SEP/HEP, NF100-RP/UP, NF160-SP/HP, NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, ● ● — ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● —
NF225-RP/UP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MB100-SP, MB225-SP
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP,
NF800-SDP/CEP/SEP/HEP/REP, NF400-UEP, NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP — — ● — ● — — — — — — ●
NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, NV800-SEP/HEP
UVT (Undervoltage Tripping Device)

• Coil Ratings
Specification Coil rating
MCCB type Voltage V

For synch. For electrical
Input VA Operating time (T/sec) ✳2
closing interlock
Standard voltage Special voltage ✳1
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF50-HRP,

NF60-CP/HP,
NF100-CP/SP/SEP/HP/HEP/RP/UP, ● ▲
(✳4) AC110-120 (✳3)
NF250-CP/SP/SEP/HP/HEP, NF225-RP/UP, 220-240
MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP/HC, MB100-SP, MB225-SP AC100-110 (✳3) 380-415
200-220 440-480
400-440 5 5~30
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP, 500-550
DC100 DC24
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP,
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP, ▲ 48
● 110
NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, (✳5)
NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP,
NV800-SEP/HEP
✳1. Rated voltage differs according to make and country of manufacture. Please consult your dealer.
✳2. The operating time is the time from the start of operating the breaker since the undervoltage trip went from voltage to no-voltage condition.
✳3. 50Hz and 60Hz for common use.
✳4. When the breaker is turned on without exciting to UVT (no-voltage condition), the contact of breaker tips (close momentary).
✳5. Mounts to the left pole.
48
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Vertical Lead-wire Terminal block (SLT)

• Makes possible contact installation between terminal
block and breaker.
• No need for correspondent terminal.
• Staggered arrangement of terminal screws makes
wiring easier.
• It’s also easier to perform a check for tightness of
the terminal screws.
• Terminal cover for the terminal block is standard
(included).
• Terminal covers come in front, rear, and plug-in
connection types.
ACCESSORIES
• MCCBs Terminal cover 18
• ELCBs Terminal cover 18
B
B
10.5
D
10.5
25 10.5
25 10.5
86.5
86.5
86.5
86.5
92
7 7
A C A E
12.5 12.5
M 3.5 M 3.5
Self-lifting terminal Self-lifting terminal
screw screw
52
38.5
38.5
26.5
26.5
14.5
14.5
8 8
C
13.5 13.5
Key to dimensions Key to dimensions

MCCB type A B C ELCB type A B C D E
NF30-CS 4 4.5 44.5 NV30-CS, MN30-CS 4 4.5 — — 44.5

NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP, NV60-CP/HP, MN50-CP/SP 17.5 3.5 21.5
7 17.5
MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP, MN100-SP 30 2.5 30
30
MB100-SP
NV100-RP 7 91 2.5 91
NF100-RP/UP 91 54
7 NV225-CP/SP/HP, NV225-SEP/HEP, MN225-SP 37 2.5 37
NF160-SP/HP, NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP,
37
MB225-SP NV225-RP 112 2.5 112
54
NF225-RP/UP 112 NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 41 79.5 26.5 79.5
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 41 79.5 NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, NV800-SEP/HEP 41 88.5 26.5 88.5
NF400-UEP (3P) 13 8 119.5 ✳ Tightening torque for terminal screws: M3.5 0.9~1.2 N • m
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP,
41 88.5
NF800-SDP/CEP/SEP/HEP/REP
NF400-UEP (4P), NF630-UEP, N800-UEP 138 135.5
✳ Tightening torque for terminal screws: M3.5 0.9~1.2 N •m
• 14 Terminal (SLT)
25
Terminal cover
A
1111 11 9
Key to dimensions
115
41
MCCB ELCB A B
7
8 NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 20 60
17
M 3.5
Self-lifting terminal NF400-UEP (3P) 117 100
screw
B 75
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP
20 69
NF800-SDP/SEP/HEP/REP NV800-SEP/HEP
NF400-UEP (4P), NF630-UEP

117 116
NF800-UEP
60
47
33
✳ Tightening torque for terminal screws: M3.5 0.9~1.2 N • m

8
8
49
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Pre-Alarm Module (PAL-M)

This module functions to give alarm output when are provided with this module as an option.
load current exceeds a preset current level and (Some modules are with this module as standard
serves for securing continuous power supply and equipment.) 1000 to 2000AF are prepared for
also for preventive maintenance. The electronic exclusive use.
breakers with mount digital ETR of 100 to 800AF
Pre-alarm LED Solid state relay (SSR) output- Pre-alarm module-Contact output (1a)
Type
(Auto reset) Contacties output (Auto reset) Switching capacity (Self-holding) Switching capacity Reset system
NF100-SEP NF100-HEP 24VDC 100-200VAC
Standard equipment
NF250-SEP NF250-HEP 20mA
NV100-SEP NV100-HEP
—
NV225-SEP NV225-HEP
ACCESSORIES
NF400-SEP NF400-HEP NF400-REP 100VAC or Press the reset switch or

NF400-UEP NF630-SEP NF630-HEP Standard equipment Option
200VAC 2A turn off control power.
NF630-REP NF630-UEP NF800-CEP
NF800-SEP NF800-HEP NF800-REP 24VDC 100-200VAC
Standard equipment
NF800-UEP 20mA
NV400-SEP NV400-HEP NV400-REP
NV630-SEP NV630-HEP NV800-SEP
NV800-HEP
➀Pre-alarm LED The LED starts blinking on the circuit breaker when load current exceeds the preset current, then changes to continuous glowing
when pre-alarm output is given.
②Solid-state relay output Open the upper cover of the circuit breaker, connect the connector of the lead wire packed together and use it as the lead wire
outlet. In this case, only the lead wire outlet of the internal accessories can be attached to the right pole. (For flush plate type,
the outlet is manufactured in advanced as a PAL mount.)
➂Pre-alarm module SLT is attached as standard and is used as the control power source of 100VAC or 200VAC. In this case, no other internal
accessories can be attached to the right pole. (Auto resetting is also applicable.)
•Pre-alarm characteristics
10hr
5hr 5hr
Pre-alarm pick-up current
2hr 2hr
Pre-alarm pick-up current
1hr 1hr
30min 30min
20min 20min
14min 14min
10min 10min LTD operating time TL
6min LTD operating time TL 6min 12-60-100-150sec ±20%
4min 12-60-100-150sec ±20% 4min (at 200%)
Operating time
Operating time
(at 200%)
2min 2min
1min 1min
PAL OUT LED
30sec 30sec RISET
Reset switch
20sec 20sec
10sec 10sec Pre-alarm
Pre-alarm
5sec pickup current Ip Indicator lamp (Example)
5sec pickup current Ip 618
Ir x(0.7-0.75 Ir x(0.7-0.75
-0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10% 2sec -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10% L2 (AC 100V or AC200V)
2sec
-0.95-1.0) -0.95-1.0) L1 Control power pre-alarm output
1sec Pre-alarm 1sec Pre-alarm (617)
operatiing time Tp 0.5sec operatiing time Tp

0.5sec
Tp= TL ±20%
Tp= TL ±20% 2 In the case of flush plate type. this is mounted on back
0.2sec 2 0.2sec (at 200%) side of the circuit breaker.
(at 200%)
0.1sec 0.1sec
60 70 100 125 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 60 70 100 125 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500
Current Current
Percentage (%) to rated current or preset current rating Percentage (%) to rated current or preset current rating
(NF/NV100,250AF) (NF/NV400,630,800AF)
50
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Trip Indicator (TI) New

When the breaker is tripped, this accessory installed on the right side will 25
control power supply
display the cause of the trip--either long delay (LTD) , short or instantaneous
(STD/INST), earth-leakage (EAL) (with earth-leakage breakers only)--on its P1
Control voltage
P2
LED and output an alarm signal. In this case, both LTD and STD/INST are
treated as overcurrent trips (OAL) and output signals. Pre-alarm is also Long-time delay(LTD) alarm LED
output. Again, with this module, it is impossible to connect other internal Pre-alarm(PAL)LED
Earth-leakage alarm (EAL)LED
accessories to the breaker’s right side.) Short-time(STD),
98
instantaneous(INST) alarm LED
Reset switch
Type LED contents PALa
Pre-alarm output
PALc
NF400-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP OALa Overcurrent
OALc alarm output
NF630-SEP/HEP/REP/UEP Long-time delay, Short-time delay, Instantaneous, Pre-alarm EALa Earth -leakage
NF800-CEP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP EALc alarm output
ACCESSORIES
NV400-SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-SEP/HEP, Long-time delay, Short-time delay, Instantaneous,
NV800-SEP/HEP Earth-leakage, Pre-alarm
✳ Requires 100-200VAC control voltage.
3ø4W Neutral-pole protection Relay (NR)

• With 3-phase 4-wire circuits, the circuit’s supply voltage
depends on the neutral-pole tripping characteristics.
Phase/wire type 3 ø 4W
Rated voltage VAC 41 5
Usable supply voltage VAC 304~484
Usable voltage (line voltage) VAC 380 400 415 440
Total operating overvoltage (phase voltage) (135% of total phase voltage) VAC 296 312 323 343
Tripping
Total non-operating overvoltage (phase voltage) (120% of total phase voltage) VAC 263 277 288 305
characteristics
Total overvoltage operating time (s) 1
Overvoltage non-operating time (s) More than 0.1
Trip indication method Button
Reset method Reset button (open-phase display use)
1c
AC DC
cos ø L/R
Voltage Voltage
External output contacts 1.0 0.4 0 0.007
100, 120V 7A 7A 30V 7A 6A
200, 240V 7A 7A 125V 0.6A 0.6A
415V 5A 2A 250V 0.3A 0.3A
Remark: Using with a shunt-trip device (SHT) equipped breaker will improve tripping and phase protection.
57 M3.5 x 0.6 screw 39

37.5 self-tap terminal 9.5
63
Drilling plan
6
ø5mm or M4 x 0.7mm screw

11.5
R pole S Pole T Pole

7.5
Test button
52
Operation display
68
20
60
83
109
(reset button)
92.5
Current switch
74
52 52
11.5
N pole NRaNRbNRc min.12

10.5
Item output terminal

4.8 x 6.8 mounting hole
mounting screw M4 x 0.7 mm
51
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
Available Soon
Measuring Display Unit (MDU)
• The measuring display unit (MDU) is for use with • The measured values and/or the alarm signal output
electronic MCCBs and ELCBs. It monitors a wide can be transmitted via Mitsubishi’s FA network CC-
range of load current characteristics. Link (option). The electric energy can be
• The MDU can also be installed separately from the manufactured as pulsed output (option).
breaker main unit.
NF400-SEPM NF630-SEPM NF800-SEPM NV400-SEPM NV630-SEPM NV800-SEPM

Product name NF225-SPM NV225-SPM
NF400-HEPM NF630-HEPM NF800-HEPM NV400-HEPM NV630-HEPM NV800-HEPM
Each phase load current
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Present value, average value, maximum average value
Each phase line voltage
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
resent value, average value, maximum average value
Electric power
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Present value, maximum average value
ACCESSORIES
Electric power
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
One-hour value Present value, maximum average value
Electric energy
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Accumulated total value
Power factor Present value ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Measurement
Display Higher harmonic electric current
Item Third, fifth, seventh and total: present value, maximum — ● ● ● — ● ● ●
average value
Total higher harmonic electric current
— ● ● ● — ● ● ●
Present value, average value, maximum average value
Earth-leakage current — — — — ● ● ● ●
Fault current/cause ✳1 — ● ● ● — ● ● ●
Load current measurement range 338A 800A 1260A 1600A 338A 800A 1260A 1600A
Time interval (average) 0~15min., selectable in 1min. units
Earth-leakage fault current measurement range — Maximum sensitivity current x 2
Voltage measurement range 690V 690V 690V 690V 484V 484V 484V 484V
Pre-alarm PAL (auto reset) ✳3 — ● ● ● — ● ● ●
Alarm (LED
Earth-leakage pre-alarm EPAL (auto reset) ✳4 — — — — — ● ● ●
display) ✳2
Overcurrent alarm OVER — ● ● ● — ● ● ●
Power supply 100/240VAC (50/60Hz), 100VDC, 200VDC
✳ 1. Fault cause can also be manufactured as contact output.

✳ 2. Contact output alarm signals (PAL, EPAL) can also be made to order. (Option) The lead-wire terminal block is attached.
✳ 3. Contact output self-holding alarm output can also be made to order.
✳ 4. The earth-leakage pre-alarm EPAL sensitivity current is also selectable.
✳ 5. Transmittable data over the CC-Link (option) include breaker measurements, displays, and alarms.
Measuring Display Unit
Unit display LED

Alarm display LED
Displays when an
alarm situation occurs
in the breaker
m A
k V
Measuring
% W
Display Wh
Unit
MEASURED VALUE
DISPLAY SELECTION PHASE SELECTION SELECTION FUNCTION ALARM Change selected item
A HARMON- I1 V1-2 PRESENT DEMAND TIME PAL switch Selects from
ICS harmonic number, EPAL,
V TRIP I2 V2-3 MAX. CLEAR OVER
earth-leakage and demand
W I3 V3-1 DEMAND
time (average time).
When the SET switch is
Wh COSφ pressed, the selected item
ALARM HOLD
ALARM RESET is run.
SET
MADE IN JAPAN
SET switch
Display selection switch Phase selection Measured value Function selection switch
Selects the item to switch selection switch Selects the item to process
be displayed or to switch. When clear is
selected and the SET switch
pressed, the maximum value
of the tripped and measured items
is deleted.
52
ACCESSORIES
INTERNAL
NF400~800-SEPM/HEPM
NV400~800-SEPM/HEPM
Breaker mounting Mounting MDU panel
Hold dimensions
Breaker Space greater than
5 107 MDU is connected with circuit breaker via flat cable. the values shown in the figure
103
Conductors below must be secured.
25 G H
thickness 140
F Operation/display side
tE
12
Sensitivity
I
Panel
SEPM(P), HEPM(Q)
current Upper side
selector
(in case NV) MDU terminal plate
Trip
B
C
button Leakage 65 25.5 30 137 140

M6 screw FG 48
indication
FG button or f7
102
98
(in case NV) Front panel cut out

D
20
76
82
Test button Breaker mount K 24
(in case NV)
25
56.5
46
R6
B
38
Flat cable
R
Terminal Panel holder plate Front panel cut out
J
R2 connector
cover MDU G
128
51 136
f14
12.5 M12 bolt 97
72
A 131 L M
ACCESSORIES
R3
140 155 N O
MDU Terminal arrange
MDU control
1 2 3 4 MA MB power supply
FG
MB MA 1 2 3 4 5
A Frame A B C D E F G H I
400 70 39 79 257 8 8 44 44 194 Terminal cover
630 105 32 87 275 8 8 44 70 243
800 105 32 87 275 12 10 46 70 243 Panel mounting Breaker mounting
A Frame J K L M N O P Q R Panel mounting 1 2 3 4 breaker mounting 1 2 3 4 5
400 50 68 59 59 71 71 237 367 198 no transmission – – – – no transmission – – – – –

630 46 103 86 86 56 86 246 376 214 PULSE Ca Cb – – PULSE – – – Cb Ca
800 46 103 86 86 56 86 246 376 214 CC-Link note 2 CC-Link FG SLD DG DB DA
note 1 : Please contact our company about outline of 4P and outline of contact alarm output. note 2 : Please contact our company about outline of CC-Link and Terminal arrange of CC-Link Panel mounting.
Hold dimensions is 1.0mm clearance on the side of the circuit breaker cut out.
Please contact our company about outline CC-Link and Terminal arrange
of CC-Link Panel mounting.
NF225-SPM Breaker mounting NV225-SPM Breaker mounting

100.5
92
70 100.5 70 4 72
92 22 68
22 Mounting hole 61 Hex. socket Breaker
4 72
Hex. socket Sensitivity 24 head M8 bolt
68 current
head M8 bolt Breaker
Mounting hole 24 selector
Trip button Leakage
indication
102
button
50
Test button
165
144
126
201
102
240
219
50
f4.5
90
f4.5
MDU
90
45
30
45
MDU 35
M4X0.7 thread
61 45
90
or 5mm-dia. hole 35
Trip button 90
31 8.5 31 8.5
105 105
Drilling plan M4X0.7 thread
Load side unit or 0.5mm-dia. hole
Panel mounting MDU terminal arrange

MDU is connected with circuit breaker Via flat cable.
Space greater than the values shown
Operation/display side
12
90 in the figure below must be secured.

Panel MDU control power supply
MB
Panel holder plate MA
31.5
30 4
A
98 A B 3
128 NF225-SPM 198 158 2
1
upper Terminal M4 Terminal plate M4 panel holder NV225-SPM 236 198
B
plate set screw plate set screw FG MB MA 1 2 3 4 5

side
MDU control power supply
90
72
90
86.5
±0.5 Panel mounting Breaker mounting
R2
M4 FG set screw M4 Terminal plate
M4 panel holder screw set screw Panel mounting 1 2 3 4 breaker mounting 1 2 3 4 5
86.5
±0.5
no transmission – – – – no transmission – – – – –
54
PULSE Ca Cb – – PULSE – – – Cb Ca
Front panel cutout Operation/ CC-Link note CC-Link FG SLD DG DB DA
Flat cable connector display side note : Please contact our company about outline of CC-Link and Terminal arrange of CC-Link Panel mounting.
53
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
Electrically Operated MCCBs and ELCBs

ACCESSORIES
a) Motor-operated type (1) b) Motor-operated type (2) c) Spring-charged type

(MD) (MD) (MDS)
• Specifications
NF100-CP
NF-C series NF400-CP NF630-CP NF800-CEP NF400-CP NF630-CP NF800-CEP
NF250-CP
NF400-SP NF400-SP
NF50-HRP
NF400-SEP/HEP/REP NF400-SEP/HEP/REP
NF100-SP/HP NF100-SEP/HEP
MCCB NF-S series NF630-SP NF630-SP
NF160-SP/HP NF250-SP/HP
type NF630-SEP/HEP/REP NF630-SEP/HEP/REP
NF250-SEP/HEP
NF800-SEP/HEP/REP NF800-SEP/HEP/REP
NF100-RP NF100-UP
NF-U, MB series NF225-RP NF225-UP NF400-UEP NF630-UEP NF800-UEP NF400-UEP NF630-UEP NF800-UEP
MB100-SP MB225-SP
NV100-CP
NV-C series NV400-CP NV630-CP NV400-CP NV630-CP
NV225-CP
NV400-SP NV400-SP
NV100-SP/HP NV100-SEP/HEP
ELCB NV400-SEP/HEP NV400-SEP/HEP
NV-S series NV225-SP/HP NV225-SEP/HEP
type NV630-SEP/HEP NV630-SEP/HEP
NV100-RP NV225-RP
NV800-SEP/HEP NV800-SEP/HEP
MN100-SP
MN series — —
MN225-S P
Electrical operation system Motor-operated type (1) Motor-operated type (2) Spring-charged type
Rated operating voltage (V) 100/110VDC, 100/110VAC, 200/220VAC
100-240VAC/100-220VDC (125VDC, 240VAC)
(Allowable voltage range
24VDC
85~110%) ✳1 OFF ON
Operating DC 100/110V 0.20 3.0 (8.0) 1.0 (3.0) 8

current
(A, rms)✳2 100/110V 0.50 4.0 (8.0) 1.0 (3.0) 8
AC
200/220V 0.35 2.0 (4.5) 0.5 (1.5) 7
Operating time On 0.05
Less than 0.5 (self-holding) Less than 0.3 (self-holding)
(s) Off Less than 3 (self-holding)
Required transformer
100 40 0
capacity (VA) 700
Endurance voltage (V) 1500
✳1. ( ) voltages are special options and might require an external resistor. For details, consult your dealer.
✳2. ( ) shows starting currents.
■General precautions for motor-operated circuits is 1500V. When performing a dielectric

electrical MCCBs strength test simultaneously with another device at a
•Motor-operated types have intermittent ratings, and voltage over 1500V, the operating circuit terminal
therefore they should not be operated more than 10 should be disconnected
times consecutively (one on/off counts as an
operation). ■Automatic Reset
•The operating voltage should be between 85~110% •If the breaker is an auto reset type, it contains a built-
of the rated control voltage. in alarm switch and the off-control circuit closes
•When the breaker is tripped by trip button or when the breaker is tripped. Since the breaker
breakdown (i.e., overload or short circuit), the automatically resets itself after tripping, the power is
breaker will not show that it has been tripped (except easily restored by switching on the breaker again.
for motor-operated type 1 breakers). With a UVT mounted, however, auto reset may not
•The dielectric strength of the electrical operating be possible. In this case, please consult your dealer
54
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
• Terminal connections
Connection Front Rear Flush Plug-in ✳1
50~250 ● ● ● ●
AF
400~800 ● ● ● ●
Remarks: All 2-pole breakers are constructed by removing the central pole from the appropriate 3-pole type.
✳1. For NV types, only 3-pole of 100 and 225AF available.
• Structure and Operation
ACCESSORIES
■ Motor-operated type (1)
•Electrical operation
Motor rotation is changed by DC motor, gear and cam
to linear motion to switch the breaker ON and OFF
(reset).
• Manual operation
Set the slide switch to Manual. Insert the handle and
rotate it clockwise for ON or anticlockwise for OFF
(reset). After manual operation is complete, turn the
slide switch back to Auto.
• Cautions during electrical operation
1. When performing ON and OFF (reset) switching,
the current flow is very low (approx. 15mA, DC24V).
Therefore the operating switch should be suitable for
low current.
2. If the breaker has a UVT attached, do not give P2 P1
continuous OFF signals.

3. For automatic resetting system, use the alarm CV
K1 K3
K3
K2 K5 K3 K4
switch (for microload) of the circuit
breaker and wire the operation switch circuitry LS1
M
(between terminals S1, S2 and S4) as K4
shown in Fig. 1. ON control OFF control

K4 K5 K1 K2
circuit circuit K5
Notice that in a circuit without interlocking as shown in
Fig. 2, application is made LS3 LS2
immediately after resetting if the circuit-breaker trips
when the ON signal is applied
continuously. Take care not to allow the continuous S1 S2 S4
application of the ON signal.

Switching power supply
(multi voltage model) ON OFF
CV
Fig.1 Moter-operated device Moter-operated device Fig.2 Diode stack
(24V dc model)
S1 S2 S4 S1 S2 S4
Limit switch
LS1
AL"a" AL"a" (for cam position detection)
OFF OFF
Limit switch (for breaker handle
LS2
position detection)
ON ON
Limit switch
LS3
(MANUAL/AUTO selector)
4. Switching the internal power supply could interfere M Motor
with nearby communications equipment such as AM K1 Relay (for ON operation)
radio. If this is cause for concern, it’s recommended
K2 Relay (for OFF operation)
that a noise filter be installed between terminals P1
and P2 and the power supply. K3 Relay (for motor)
K4 Relay (for motor)
K5 Relay (for motor)
55
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
Electrically Operated MCCBs and ELCBs

■ Motor-operated type (2) • Control circuit
• Electrical operation The dotted line shows an additional connection for the
Forward and reverse motor rotation is changed by
ball screw to switch the breaker ON and OFF automatic-reset type.
(reset).
breaker is OFF state
The manual operation handle can be used to switch
Earth terminal
the breaker ON and OFF directly.
(DC-) P2
X
1. In case the UVT operates and a circuit breaker trips Operational

power supply Y
Z
T1
Z Y Z
M
if the breaker has a UVT, the re-closing procedure P1 X Y

ACCESSORIES
may differ according to the state of the breaker before T1 X Y X

tripping.
ON S1 X
When the circuit breaker trips while turned ON..... T1
Y
Reset (OFF) -> Turn ON OFF
RESET S4
T2
Y
LS
When the circuit breaker trips while turned OFF.....
95 T2
Turn ON (idle tripping) -> Reset (OFF) -> Turn ON
ALa
(If it fails to turn ON (idle tripping), please operate
Reset (OFF) and turn ON.)
2. Do not send ON and OFF signals consecutively. An
M :Motor
interval of at least 0.5s is required between each ON
X :Relay for ON operation
and OFF.
Y :Relay for OFF operation
3. For models with auto reset capability, resetting after Z :Relay for changing Motor polarity
an NFB trip should be performed after an interval of T1 :Timer ror antipumping
0.5s. T2 :Timer for automatic reset
4. The electrical operating device is equipped with a LS :Limit Switch
pumping prevention circuit. Although it is possible to ALa :Alarm switch for automatic reset (a contact)
set the device to OFF while it is set to ON, it is
impossible to return it to ON immediately. To return to
ON, first shut off the ON switch, then set it back to ON.
5. Special care is required during electrical operation
because the manual operation handle moves at high
speed. Also be sure to turn off the circuit power supply
when using manual operation.
6. With manual operation, ensure that the handle is
fully extended.
Manual operation
Internal structure
56
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
■ Spring-charged type
• Electrical operation
When the ON switch is closed, the coil is excited to
release the latch mechanism and the force of the
closing spring turns the breaker ON instantly.
When the OFF switch is closed, a relay starts the
motor which turns the breaker OFF and charges the
spring simultaneously.
Pressing the ON button will release the latch
mechanism and the force of the closing spring turns
ACCESSORIES
the breaker ON instantly.
Pressing the leaf spring, pulling out the manual
handle and pumping it back and forth over 10 times
will turn the breaker OFF and charge the spring at
the same time.
Whenever an electrical operation device is to be Internal structure
installed in or removed from the breaker, the breaker
must be tripped and the device discharged.
Pushing the TRIP button on an MCCB with an
electrical-operation device installed will not trip the • Control circuit
breaker in the OFF state. This does not mean the The dotted line shows an additional connection for the
breaker is faulty. automatic-reset type.
Switching OFF a breaker with an electrical-operation
device installed will take 3s. If instant opening is Internal connection
required, install an SHT or UVT to the breaker.
• The breaker contains a built-in pumping-prevention Earth terminal
relay. (DC-) P2 LS3
Operational X
M
power supply
P1 X X LS2
Y Y
ON S2
LS1
OFF CC
Reset S4 Y
Ala
Alarm switch for automatic resetting (contact a)
CC.....Coil for making

Y.....Relay for pumping prevention
X.....Relay for self-sustaining on OFF side
LS1...Limit switch interlocking with cam
LS2...Limit switch interlocking with cam
LS3...Limit switch interlocking with OFF lock plate
M....Motor
57
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
Mechanical Interlocks (MI)

• Front, Rear, Plug-in
With two breakers, use a panel-mounted mechanical
interlock for one-way only input.
A breaker-mounting mechanical to mount on the Breaker mounting (front)
breaker main unit can be made to order. Consult your Type F G Type F G P
dealer for more details. MI-05SPFB3 25 111
MI-4SPFB3 44 194 190
Front, Rear, Plug-in (panel mounting) MI-ISPFB3 30 132
MI-2SPFB3 35 126 MI-6SPFB3 70 243 260
Mechanical interlock Mechanical interlock

Mechanical
22
44
interlock
ACCESSORIES
70 Breaker
Breaker
A Panel thickness
Stroke
(t1~3.2mm)
Mechanical terminal mount
B
Mechanical terminal mount

120 P
15 Stroke 47.5 Stroke

Gap between panel
and breaker
43.5
45
External dimensions
94.5
61
Mounts to 4-5.5mm-dia hole,

7.5mm-dia countersunk (rear)*2 Differs with main
breaker unit drilling plan. External dimensions
Breaker
15.5
Mechanical
31
interlock
50
C
Breaker
G
G
D
P
Mechanical interlock F F
F F
120 M4x0.7 screws P M6 screws
or 5mm-dia or 7mm-dia
Drilling plan Drilling plan (breaker mount)

Fig.1 Fig.2 Fig.3
✳1. Above 400AF, use panel thickness t=1.6~3.2mm.
✳2. When the panel thickness is greater than t=2.3mm, use 4-5.5mm-dia 9.5mm dia countersunk (rear).
• Table of Altered Dimensions

Breaker mount
Breaker type Pitch (P) ✳1 Dimensions (mm)
(✳4)
Special
Standard Standard C Type
MCCB ELCB Standard t A B D E Fig. Fig.
(✳3)
Type 2P 3P 3P Type 4P 3P
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP,
— 120 — — — — — 15 33 63 47.5 58 — —
NF60-CP/HP
(✳2)
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP, MI-05SP3 Fig.1
—
NF60-CP/HP, MB30-SP, NV60-CP/HP, — 120 — 130 MI-05SP4 120 15 33 63 — 58 MI-05SPFB3 Fig.2
MB50-CP/SP MN50-CP/SP
NF100-CP/SP — 120 — — — — — 15 33 63 45 58 — —
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-CP/SP/HP,
MI-05SP3 63 MI-1SPFB3 Fig.2
NF100-SEP/HEP, MB100-SP NV100-SEP/HEP, MN100-SP — 120 130 150 MI-1SP4 130 15 33 — 58
NF100-RP/UP NV100-RP (✳2) 32.5 — —
Fig.1
NF250-CP/SP/HP, NV225-CP/SP/HP, —
63 MI-2SPFB3 Fig.2
NF250-SEP/HEP, MB225-SP NV225-SEP/HEP, MN225-SP MI-05SP3 12 0 150 180 MI-2SP4 150 15 33 — 58
NF225-RP/UP NV225-RP 25.5 — —
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 190 83.5 MI-4SPFB3
MI-4SP3 — 210 MI-4SP4 250 47.5 33 — 74
NF400-UEP(3P) — — 190 63.5 —
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, (✳2)
220 83.5 Fig.1 MI-6SPFB3 Fig.3
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP NV800-SEP/HEP —
MI-6SP3 240 — MI-6SP4 290 47.5 33 — 74
NF400-UEP(4P), NF630-UEP,
— — 220 60 —
NF800-UEP
✳1. Specify the breaker mounting pitch (P)

✳2. No need to specify the panel thickness (t). (Usable panel thickness range: t=1~3.2mm. Above 400AF, use panel thickness t=1.6~3.2mm.)
✳3. For isolation purposes with 400/630/800AF models, keep the C dimension deviation within ±1mm.
✳4. Enquire for more details.
Remarks: Mechanical interlock walking type (MI-W) for electrical operating can be made to order. Consult your dealer. (Above 400AF)
58
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
• Flush
44
22
Mechanical
68
interlock
E
Breaker
ACCESSORIES
70
*1
A Stroke
Panel thickness
(t1~3.2mm)
B
20
External dimensions
Mounts with 2-5.5mm-dia Differs with breaker
28
and M5 x 0.8 screws. main unit drilling plan.
Mechanical
56
interlock
C
Breaker
Drilling plan
Fig.4
✳1. Above 400AF, use panel thickness t=1.6~3.2mm.
• Table of Altered Dimensions

Breaker type Pitch (P) (MIN) ✳1 Dimensions (mm)
Standard
MCCB ELCB A B C D E Fig.
Type 2P 3P Type 4P
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP,
— 150 — — — 15 49.5 75.5 62.5 58
NF60-CP/HP
MI-05SPFP3 Fig. 4
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP,
— 150 MI-05SPFP4 17 5 15 49.5 75.5 — 58
NF60-CP/HP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP NV60-CP/HP, MN50-CP/SP
NF100-CP/SP — 180 — — — 15 49.5 75.5 75 Fig. 4
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP,
75.5
NF100-SEP/HEP, MB100-SP MN100-SP MI-1SPFP3 — 180 MI-1SPFP4 215 15 49.5 — 58
NF100-RP/UP NV100-RP 45
Fig. 4
NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NV225-CP/SP/HP, NV225-SEP/HEP,
75.5
MB225-SP MN225-SP MI-2SPFP3 180 MI-2SPFP4 215 15 49.5 — 58
NF225-RP/UP NV225-RP 38
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP MI-4SPFP3 224 MI-4SPFP4 270 47.5 53 96 — 74
NF400-UEP(3P) — MI-4UPFP3 — 246 — — 47.5 53 76 — 74
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, Fig. 4
MI-6SPFP3 300 MI-6SPFP4 370 47.5 53 96 — 74
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP NV800-SEP/HEP
NF400-UEP(4P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP — MI-6UPFP3 — 314 MI-6UPFP4 38 3 47.5 53 72.5 — 74
✳1. Specify the breaker mounting pitch (P)
59
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
• Handle Lock Devices, Extension Handles and Card Holders

Product Lock cover (LC) Handle lock (HL) Handle lock (HL-S) Card holder
Breaker type
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP 2P HLS-05SP2P

NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP 3P LC-05SP HL-05SP
ACCESSORIES
HLS-05SP
NV60-CP/HP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MN50-CP/SP 4P
NF100-CP/SP 2P HLS-1SP2P
NF100-CP/SP, NF100-SEP/HEP, MB100-SP 3P
NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP, MN100-SP 4P CH-P No.5
2P HLS-1SP
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP/RP/UP LC-1SP HL-1SP
3P
NV100-RP
4P
NF160-SP/HP 2P
NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NV225-CP/SP/HP, NV225-SEP/HEP, MB225-SP, 3P HLS-2SP
MN225-SP, NF225-RP/UP, NV225-RP 4P
Product Handle (HT) Handle lock (HL) Handle lock (HL-S) Card holder
Breaker type
NF400-CP, NV400-CP HT-4CP HL -4C P

NF400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP HLS-4SP
NV400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP
NF400-UEP (3P) HLS-4UP
CH-P No.3
NF400-UEP (4P) HT-4SP HL-4SP
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP
NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP HLS-6SP
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP/UEP
NV800-SEP/HEP
Remarks:
1. Padlocks for HL and HL-S must be provided by the customer.
2. Can be mounted regardless of number of poles.
3. HL and HL-S are isolation models.
4. The HL without padlock can be used as a lock cover (LC).
• IEC 35mm Rail Mounting Adapters

Number of
Breaker type Parts number M4 x 0.7
poles screw IEC 35 mm rail
mounting adapter
2P DIN-05SP2
6
3P
DIN-05SP3
35
NV30-SP, NV-50-CP/HP, NV60-CP/HP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MN50-CP/SP 3P
2P DIN-1SP2
NF100-CP/SP
3P
7
DIN-1SP3
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP 2P
13
MB100-SP, MN100-SP 3P
60
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
F-Type Operating Handle

• Appearance (color: N1.5)
• Includes as standard a safety device which prevents
breaker closing as long as the cover is open. (Specify
if this safety feature is not required.)
• Indicates the tripping of the breaker even in ON-lock
position--but only in cases when a single padlock
(35mm) is used.
• Degrees of protection (in accordance with IEC529):
IP3X (IP5X with provision of dustproof packing).
ACCESSORIES
External dimensions Center of hinge and breaker
Type Left hinge Right hinge
H X1 H X2
Less than 10 170 or more
F05SP2P~F2UP 0 or more (5H +100) or more
10 or more (5H + 120) or more
150
104
F4SP~F6UP 0 or more (8H +150) or more 0 or more (4H + 70) or more

130
104 Panel thickness 150

20
Panel thickness
1.2~3.2
F-type operating handle
1.2~3.2
45 A±2 Extension handle 50 A±2 Front panel
(option)
(a) (b)
Drilling plan
H
H
Left hinge Breaker Right hinge
Breaker
Breaker
Center of breaker Center of breaker
4- 12 4- 15
(X) (Y)
X1 X2
8
F
F
90
11
112
78
(Y) (X)
The figure above shows the relationship between the hinge
78 112 E
and breaker viewed from the load side of the breaker.
C
E
(c) (d) (e) (f)
Fig Dimensions (mm)

Mounting
Type Breaker type Number of poles screws
External Drilling ✳5
A C D E F
dimensions plan
F05SP2P NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP 2P e —

NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP 111
F05SP 3P, 4P f 25 (X)
NV60-CP/HP, MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MN50-CP/SP
105 Breaker
F1SP2P NF100-CP/SP 2P e — — mounting
NF100-CP/SP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP screws
3P, 4P 132 (2pcs)
F1SP MB100-SP, MN100-SP 30 M4 x 0.7
a c screw
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP 2P, 3P, 4P (Y)
o r ø5
Operating
F1UP NF100-RP/UP, NV100-RP 2P, 3P, 4P 105 30 193 30.5
f handle
mounting
NF160-SP/HP
screws
F2SP NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NV225-CP/SP/HP 2P, 3P, 4P 10 7 35 126 —
(2 pcs)
NV225-SEP/HEP, MB225-SP, MN225-SP
F2UP NF225-RP/UP, NV225-RP 2P, 3P, 4P 107 35 201 37.5

F4SP NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 2P, 3P, 4P
183 44 194 —
F4SPNV NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP 3P, 4P
F4UP NF400-UEP 3P 280 44 234 20 (X) (Y)
Breaker
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP M6 screw
F6SP 2P, 3P, 4P b d f mounting
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP or ø7
screws
183 70 243 —
NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP, (4 pcs)
F6SPNV 3P, 4P
NV800-SEP/HEP
F6UP NF400-UEP (3P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP 3P, 4P 280 70 29 0 23.5
*1. Handles with NV in the product name include a test button.

*2. Dustproof packing is also available as an option.
*3. Other optional handles can also be mounted.
*4. F4SP~F6UP are for isolation purposes.
*5. The figures show the dimensions of the front connection. Some connection and
plug-in breakers have a different reference surface for mounting purposes.
61
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
S-Type Operating Handle

• Indicates the tripping of the breaker even in ON-lock
position--but only in cases when a single padlock
(35mm) is used.
• Degrees of protection (in accordance with IEC529):
IP5X.
Operating plate Front panel

External Operating plate Front panel Operating plate
dimensions
ACCESSORIES
Decorative plate
max. 150
max. 95
Decorative plate
ON ON
P
RI IP
T TR
OFF
114
114
OFF
max. 115
max. 145
80
130
Operating
45 plate
34 40 110 55
47 59 110
(a)
(b)
4- 4.5
Drilling 4- 5.5
Centre of Centre of
plan breaker 62 breaker
62
D
D
9
70
84
41.5 ± 4
35 ± 5
47 45
70
*3
*3
12 84
*1 *1
Retainer 12
Retainer *5
Deviation: 4 mm or less
Deviation: 2 mm or less
Center of breaker's Front panel
Front panel
handle Deviation: 4mm or less Center of breaker's
100 or more (210 or more if hinge handle Deviation: 5mm or less
is mounted on the left) 110 or more (250 or more if hinge
*3 is mounted on the left)
17 43.5 ± 4 Front panel applicable thickness : 1.2 to 3.2 *3
25 102 ± 5 Front panel applicable thickness : 1.6 to 3.2
*1
Retainer *1
Hinge Retainer
*2C ± 2
Hinge
B±2
A±2
*2
B±2
A±2
Retainer *2
(option) Retainer
(option)
(c)
Reference plane
for mounting the breaker
Reference plane
for mounting the breaker (d)
Fig Dimensions (mm)

Type Breaker type
External
Drilling plan A✳4 B✳4 C✳4 D
dimensions
NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP
S05SP a c 87 102 104.5 0
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-CP/SP/HP
0
S1SP NV100-SEP/HEP, MB100-SP, MN100-SP a c 87 102 104.5
NF100-RP/UP, NV100-RP 30.5
NF160-SP/HP
NF250-CP/SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NV225-CP/SP/HP 0
S2SP NV225-SEP/HEP, MB225-SP, MN225-SP a c 95 110 112.5
NF225-RP/UP, NV225-RP 37.5

S4CP NF400-CP, NV400-CP b d 140 156 — 0
NF400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP 162 17 8 — 0
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV800-SEP/HEP
S4SP b d
NF400-UEP (3P) 259 275 — 20
NF400-UEP (4P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP 259 275 — 23.5
*1. Retainers are not included. They must be provided by the customer.
*2. When using optional retainer.
*3. Shows the tolerance for the distance from the center of a 62mm dia. hole.
*4. The figures show the front-connection dimensions. Some rear-connection and plug-in breakers have a different reference surface for mounting purposes.
*5. The tolerance is less than 5mm. It does not conform to isolation purposes, however, if the deviation is more than 2mm.
62
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
SS-Type Operating Handle

• Contact your dealer for external dimensions and
drilling plan.
Type Breaker type

NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP,
SS05SP
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NF100-RP/UP,
SS1SP
NV100-CP/SP/HP, NV100-SEP/HEP, NV100-RP, MB100-SP, MN100-SP
NF160-SP/HP,
SS2SP NF250-CP/SP/HEP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NF225-RP/UP, NV225-CP/SP/HP,
NV225-SEP/HEP, NV225-RP, MB225-SP, MN225-SP
ACCESSORIES
SS4CP NF400-CP, NV400-CP
NF400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP,
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP,
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV800-SEP/HEP
SS4SP
NF400-UEP (3P)
NF400-UEP (4P), NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP
63
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
V-Type Operating Handle

■ Appearance
• Can be locked in OFF position only.
• The door is locked when ON and can only be opened in OFF position.
• Degrees of protection (in accordance with IEC529): IP54.
Outview
ACCESSORIES
(a) (b)
External dimensions Drilling plan

Center of
Front panel breaker's handle Center of breaker
Center of
breaker's handle Breaker Breaker
2- 9
54
54
A
B
54
Panel
thickness Q
E
1.2~3.2 G H
(c) M M4x0.7 screw
or 5
(e) M M
M4x0.7 screw
or 5
D
C F J min
2-, 3-Pole 4-Pole
K max
Center of Front panel

breaker's handle Breaker
4- 10 Z Z
Hinge Hinge
63
104
(left side) Breaker (right side)

L
M6 screw X X
or 7
104
N X
O or more P or more
(d) M
(f)
Breakers type Fig. Dimensions (mm)

Type Drilling
MCCB ELCB Outview A B C D E F G H J K L M P Q
plan
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP, NF100-CP T/A, NV100-CP, NV100-SP,
V1SP NF100-SP, NF100-SP T/A, NF100-HP, NV100-HP, NV100-SEP, 155 90 90 90 16 49 41 61 154 518 132 30 5N+100 15
NF100-HP T/A, NF100-SEP, NF100-HEP NV100-HEP
NF160-SP, NF160-SP T/A, NF160-HP, a c, e
NV225-CP, NV225-SP,
NF160-HP T/A, NF250-CP, NF250-CP T/A,
V2SP NV225-SEP, NV225-HP, 165 90 105 90 16 49 43 61 154 518 126 35 5N+100 17.5
NF250-SP, NF250-SP T/A, NF250-HP,
NV225-HEP
NF250-HP T/A, NF250-SEP, NF250-HEP
NV400-CP, NF400-SP, NF400-SEP,
V4SP —
NF400-HEP
257 140 140 140 25 62 76 97 217 539 194 44 8N+150 —
V4SPNV — NV400-CP, NV400-SP
NV400-SEP, NV400-HEP b d, f
NF630-CP, NF630-SP, NF630-SEP
NV630-CP, NV630-SP
NF630-HEP
V6SP NV630-SEP, NV630-HEP 275 140 210 140 25 62 76 97 217 539 243 70 8N+150 —
NF800-CEP, NF800-SDP, NF800-SEP
NV800-SEP, NV800-HEP
NF800-HEP
64
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
R-Type Operating Handle

■ Appearance
• Can be locked in OFF position only.
Outview
ACCESSORIES
(a) (b)
External dimensions Drilling plan
Center of
breaker's handle Center of breaker
Breaker Breaker Breaker

K
K
A
B
M4 screw M4x0.7 screw M6 screw

or 5 or 5 or 7
M
L L
L L
E G
D F H
2-, 3-Pole 4-Pole (d)
C J (c) (c)
Breaker type Fig Dimensions (mm)

Type
Drilling
MCCB ELCB Outview A B C D E F G H J K L M
plan
NF50-HRP, NF100-CP, NF100-CP T/A, NV100-CP, NV100-SP,
R1SP NF100-SP, NF100-SP T/A, NF100-HP, NV100-HP, NV100-SEP, 155 110 90 89 16 29 61 102 135 132 30 15
NF100-HP T/A, NF100-SEP, NF100-HEP NV100-HEP
NF160-SP, NF160-SP T/A, NF160-HP, a c

NV225-CP, NV225-SP,
NF160-HP T/A, NF250-CP, NF250-CP T/A,
R2SP NV225-SEP, NV225-HP, 165 110 105 89 16 29 61 104 137 126 35 17.5
NF250-SP, NF250-SP T/A, NF250-HP,
NV225-HEP
NF250-HP T/A, NF250-SEP, NF250-HEP
NF400-CP, NF400-SP, NF400-SEP,

R4SP —
NF400-HEP
257 128 140 140 25 43 97 174 218 194 44 —
R4SPNV — NV400-CP, NV400-SP,
NV400-SEP, NV400-HEP b d
NF630-CP, NF630-SP, NF630-SEP,

NV630-CP, NV630-SP,
NF630-HEP
R6SP NV630-SEP, NV630-HEP, 275 128 210 140 25 43 97 174 218 243 70 —
NF800-CEP, NF800-SDP, NF800-SEP,
NF800-HEP
65
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
Terminal Cover
Large terminal cover Small terminal cover Transparent terminal Rear terminal cover Plug-in terminal cover
(TC-L) (TC-S) cover (TTC) (BTC) (PTC)
Breaker type
A A
A A A
B
C
B
C
B
B
C C
TCL-03CS2 TCS-03CS2 TTC-03CS2 BTC-03CS2

NF30-CS 2P —
(45✕30.5✕25) (45✕30.5✕5) (45✕30.5✕25) (45✕30.5✕6.5)
TCL-03CS3 TCS-03CS3 TTC-03CS3 BTC-03CS3

NF30-CS, NV30-CS, MN30-CS 3P —
(67✕30.5✕25) (67✕30.5✕5) (67✕30.5✕25) (67✕30.5✕6.5)
ACCESSORIES
TCL-05SP2 ✳1 TCS-05SP2 TTC-05SP2 ✳1 BTC-05SP2 PTC-05SP2

NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP, NF60-CP/HP 2P
(50✕64✕ 25) (50✕64✕5) (50✕64✕25) (50✕64✕6.5) (50✕64✕6.5)
NV30-SP, NV50-CP/HP, NV60-CP/HP 3P
(75✕65.5✕ 25) (75✕64✕ 5) (75✕65.5✕ 25) (75✕64✕ 6.5) (75✕64✕ 6.5)
MB30-SP, MB50-CP/SP, MN50-CP/SP
NF50-HP TCL-05SP4
4P — — — —
NF60-HP (100✕65.5✕25)

NF100-CP/SP 2P
(60✕65.5✕ 40) (60✕65.5✕ 6.5) (60✕65.5✕ 40) (60✕65.5✕ 6.5) (60✕65.5✕ 6.5)
NF100-CP/SP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-CP/SP/HP

3P
NV100-SEP/HEP, MB100-SP, MN100-SP, NV100-RP
TCL-1SP3 ✳2 TCS-1SP3 TTC-1SP3 ✳2 BTC-1SP3 PTC-1SP3 ✳3
(90✕65.5✕ 40) (90✕65.5✕ 6.5) (90✕65.5✕ 40) (90✕65.5✕ 6.5) (90✕65.5✕ 6.5)
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF100-RP/UP 2P, 3P
TCL-1SP4 ✳2
NF100-SP/HP/UP, NF100-SEP/HEP, NV100-SEP/HEP 4P — — — —
(120✕65.5✕40)
NF160-SP/HP
NF250-CP/SP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NF225-RP/UP 2P TCL-2SP3 ✳2 TCS-2SP3 TTC-2SP3 ✳2 BTC-2SP3 PTC-2SP3 ✳4
NV225-CP/SP/HP, NV225-SEP/HEP, MB225-SP 3P (105✕65.5✕ 40) (105✕65.5✕ 6.5) (105✕65.5✕ 40) (105✕65.5✕ 6.5) (105✕65.5✕ 6.5)
MN225-SP, NV225-RP
TCL-2SP4 ✳2
NF250-SP/HP, NF250-SEP/HEP, NV225-SEP/HEP, NF225-UP 4P — — — —
(140✕65.5✕50)
Remarks: 1. ( ) Shows external dimensions in mm.

2. Terminal covers for 4-pole models can be made to order. (Terminal covers other than the TCL-05SP4 are not solid moldings.)
✳ 1. To order F-type operating handle, add F to the end of the product number. (The F-type terminal cover uses screws to fasten.)
✳ 2. Can be combined as standard with an V.R. F-type operating handle.
✳ 3. Except for NF100-RP/UP and NV100-RP.
✳ 4. Except for NF225-RP/UP and NV225-RP.
66
ACCESSORIES
EXTERNAL
Large terminal cover Transparent terminal cover Rear terminal cover Plug-in terminal cover
(TC-L) (TTC) (BTC) (PTC)
A
Breaker type B
C Fig.1
A
A A
B
C B
B
A
C
B C
C Fig.2
NF400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP TCL-4SP3 ✳3 TTC-4SP3 BTC-4SP3 PTC-4SP3

2P, 3P
NV400-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP (171✕99.5✕110) (171✕104.5✕110) (140✕99.5✕42) (140✕99.5✕42)
Fig. 1
TCL-4SP3 ✳1 BTC-4SP3 ✳1
NF400-UEP 3P — —
(171✕132.5/196.5✕110) (140✕132.5/196.5✕42)
ACCESSORIES
TCL-4SP4 ✳4 TTC-4SP4 BTC-4SP4 ✳2
NF400-SP/SEP/HEP, NV400-SEP/HEP 4P —
(240✕97.5✕110) (240✕104.5✕110) (185✕97.5✕39)
NF630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV630-CP/SP/SEP/HEP TCL-6SP3 ✳5 TTC-6SP3 BTC-6SP3 ✳2

2P, 3P —
NF800-CEP/SDP/SEP/HEP/REP, NV800-SEP/HEP (220✕97.5✕155) (224✕103.5✕155) (210✕97.5✕32)
TCL-6UP3 ✳1 BTC-6SP3 ✳1,✳2

NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP 3P Fig. 2 — —
(220✕146/194.5✕155) (210✕146/194.5✕32)
NF630-SP/SEP/HEP, NV630-SEP TCL-6SP4 ✳6 TTC-6SP4 BTC-6SP4 ✳2

4P —
NF800-SEP/HEP (290✕97.5✕155) (294✕103.5✕155) (280✕97.5✕32)
TCL-6UP4 ✳1 BTC-6SP4 ✳1,✳2

NF400-UEP, NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP 4P — —
(290✕146/194.5✕155) (280✕146/194.5✕32)
Remarks: 1. ( ) Shows external dimensions in mm. (A✕B✕C)

✳ 1. Line side/Load side
✳ 2. These covers can be mounted on plug-in type.
✳ 3. Except for NF400-HEP/REP and NV400-HEP/REP.
✳ 4. Except for NF400-HEP and NV400-HEP.
✳ 5. Except for NF630-HEP/REP, NV630-HEP, NF800-HEP/REP and NV800-HEP.
✳ 6. Except for NF630-HEP and NF800-HEP.
67
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF30-CS, NF30-SP, NF50-CP, NF60-CP, NF50-HP, NF60-HP,
MB30-SP, MB50-CP, MB50-SP
• Operating Characteristics
4hr 4hr 4hr
2hr AC use 2hr DC use 2hr
MB30-SP
1hr NF30-SP NF50-CP 1hr NF30-SP NF50-CP 1hr
NF60-CP NF50-HP NF60-CP NF50-HP MB50-CP
30min 30min 30min MB50-SP
20min NF60-HP 20min NF60-HP 20min
14min 14min 14min
10min 10min 10min
6min 6min 6min
4min 4min 4min
2min 2min 2min
Max. Max.
Operating time
Max.
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min 1min
30sec 30sec 30sec
20sec 20sec 20sec
10sec 10sec 10sec
CHARACTERISTICS
5sec 5sec 5sec
2sec Min. 2sec

2sec
Min. Min.
1sec 1sec 1sec
0.5sec 0.5sec 0.5sec

0.05sec 0.05sec 0.05sec
0.02sec 0.02sec 0.02sec

0.01sec 0.01sec 0.01sec
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40

x100% of rated current x100% of rated current x100% of rated current
3Hr
2Hr
Operating Characteristics
1Hr
40Min
Type NF30-CS
20Min
NV30-CS
MN30-CS
10Min
6Min
4Min
2Min
1Min
40Sec
• Temperature Characteristics
30Sec Max.
20Sec
Operating time
Operating time change rate (%)
10Sec
Rated ambient
6Sec 300
4Sec 250
200
2Sec
150
1Sec
100
0.6Sec 80
0.4Sec 70
Min.
-5 0 10 20 30 40 50
0.2Sec
Ambient temperature (°C)
0.1Sec
0.06Sec
0.04Sec
0.02Sec
0.01Sec
0.006Sec
100 130 200 300 400 500 700 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 7000 10000
Standard attached parts (Front connection)
Mounting screw M4x0.7x35 (2 and 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
for NF30-CS M4x0.7x20 2pcs
Insulation barrier (2P: 1pc, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)
Only NF50-HP, NF60-HP, MB50-SP
68
CHARACTERISTICS
• NF50-HRP, NF100-CP, NF100-SP, NF100-HP, NF100-SEP,

NF100-HEP, NF100-RP, NF100-UP, MB100-SP
4hr
NF100-HP 15A~30A
2hr 4hr
NF100-SP 15A~30A
NF100-HP 40A~100A
1hr MB100-SP 12.5A~32A 2hr NF100-SP 40A~100A
NF50-HRP 15A~30A NF100-CP 50A~100A
30min 1hr
20min NF100-RP 15A~30A MB100-SP 40A~100A
14min NF100-UP 15A~30A 30min
20min NF50-HRP 40A,50A
10min NF100-RP 40A~100A
14min
6min 10min NF100-UP 40A~100A
4min 6min
2min 4min
Max.(60A ~ 100A)
2min
CHARACTERISTICS
Operating time
1min
Max. Operating time Max.(40A, 50A)
1min
30sec
20sec 30sec
20sec
10sec
10sec
5sec Min.
Min. 5sec
2sec
2sec
1sec
1sec
0.5sec
0.5sec
0.2sec 0.2sec
0.1sec 0.1sec
0.05sec 0.05sec
0.02sec 0.02sec
0.01sec 0.01sec
Time delay trip Instantaneous trip Time delay trip Instantaneous trip
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x100% of rated current x100% of rated current
Note: The characteristics for both AC and DC use are the same; Note: The characteristics for both AC and DC use are the same;
however, the products differ from each other. however, the products differ from each other.
4hr
NF 100-SEP NF 100-HEP 130
2hr
Note ) 15~30A
1hr 120
Current rating (%)
Current setting Ir Rated current In

ambient
30min
Rated
20min 15~20A 20A

14min 30~50A 50A 110
10min 60~100A 100A
6min
4min 100
LTD operating time TL 40~100A
2min 12-60-80-100sec ± 20%
90
1min (at 200%)
Operating time
30sec 80
20sec (Rated ambient 30°C) -5 0 10 20 30 40
10sec
Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
5sec pickup current Ip Ir x (2-2.5-3-3.5-4- 130
Rated ambient
Ir x (0.70-0.75-0.8- 5-6-7-8-10) ± 15%

2sec 0.85-0.9-0.95
120
-1.0) ± 10%
1sec
change rate (%)
Operating time
Pre-alarm 110
0.5sec operating time Tp STD operating time Ts
TL 0.3 ± 0.06 sec 100
0.2sec Tp= 2 ± 20% 0.2 ± 0.04 sec
0.1sec (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03 sec 90
0.06 ± 0.02 sec
0.05sec 80
Max. total breaking
time
0.02sec 70
INST pickup current Ii 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
0.01sec Note x 4 ~ x16 ±15%
(Magnification to Rated current) Ambient temperature (°C)
0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x 100% of rated current Standard attached parts (Front connection)
Current setting (% of Ir)
Instantaneous tripping current (% of In) Mounting screw M4x0.7x35 (2 and 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
Insulation barrier (2P: 1pc, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)
69
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF100-CP T/A, NF100-SP T/A, NF100-HP T/A
4hr 4hr
2hr 2hr 80Ampere
Thermal-Adjustable types Thermal-Adjustable types
rating
1hr 1hr
NF100-SP Ir NF100-SP Ir
30min NF100-HP 80-100A 30min 63Ampere NF100-HP 63-80A
20min NF100-CP 20min rating NF100-CP
14min 14min
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
Max. Instantaneous trip current Max. Instantaneous trip current
2min 2min
1200A±240A 945A±189A
Operating time
Operating time
1min
CHARACTERISTICS
1min
30sec 30sec
20sec 20sec
Min. Min.
10sec 10sec
5sec 5sec
80Ampere
2sec rating 2sec 63Ampere
rating
1sec 1sec
0.5sec 100Ampere 0.5sec 80Ampere
rating rating
0.2sec 0.2sec Max. total
Max. total
interrupting 0.1sec interrupting
0.1sec
time time
0.05sec 0.05sec
0.02sec 0.02sec
0.01sec 0.01sec
Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x100% of Ir x100% of Ir
4hr
2hr
1hr
Thermal-Adjustable types • Temperature Characteristics
NF100-SP Ir
30min NF100-HP 40-63A
20min NF100-CP
14min
10min 130
15-20A
6min
Current rating (%)
20-25A
ambient
4min 120
Rated
Max. Instantaneous trip current

2min 110
600A±120A
Operating time
1min 100 25-40A

40-63A
30sec 63-80A
20sec 90
80-100A
Min.
10sec 80
(rated ambient 40°C) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
5sec Ambient temperature (°C)
40Ampere
2sec rating
1sec Standard attached parts (Front connection)
0.5sec 63Ampere Mounting screw M4x0.7x35 (2and3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
rating Insulation barrier (2P: 1pcs, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)
0.2sec Max. total
interrupting
0.1sec time
0.05sec
0.02sec
0.01sec
Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x100% of Ir
70
CHARACTERISTICS
4hr 4hr
2hr 2hr
1hr NF100-SP Ir 1hr NF100-SP Ir
30min NF100-HP 25-40A 30min NF100-HP 20-25A
20min NF100-CP 20min NF100-CP
14min 14min
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
Max. Instantaneous trip current Max. Instantaneous trip current
2min 2min
375A±75A 300A±60A
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min
CHARACTERISTICS
30sec 30sec
20sec 20sec
Min.
10sec 10sec
5sec 5sec
Min.
2sec 25Ampere 2sec 20Ampere
rating rating
1sec 1sec
0.5sec 40Ampere 0.5sec 25Ampere
rating rating
0.2sec 0.2sec
Max. total Max. total
0.1sec interrupting 0.1sec interrupting
time time
0.05sec 0.05sec
0.02sec 0.02sec
0.01sec 0.01sec
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
4hr
2hr
1hr
Thermal-Adjustable types • Temperature Characteristics
NF100-SP Ir
30min NF100-HP 15-20A
20min NF100-CP
14min
10min 130
15-20A
Current rating (%)
6min 20-25A
ambient
4min 120
Rated
Max. Instantaneous trip current

2min 110
225A±45A
Operating time
1min 100 25-40A

40-63A
30sec 63-80A
90
20sec 80-100A
10sec 80
(rated ambient 40°C) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
5sec Ambient temperature (°C)
Min.
2sec 15Ampere
rating
1sec
0.5sec 20Ampere
rating
0.2sec Max. total
0.1sec interrupting
time
0.05sec
0.02sec
0.01sec
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x100% of Ir
71
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF160-SP, NF160-HP, NF250-CP, NF250-SP, NF250-HP, NF250-SEP,
NF250-HEP, NF225-RP, NF225-UP, MB225-SP
4hr
NF160-SP NF250-CP
2hr
NF160-HP NF250-SP
1hr NF250-HP
NF225-RP 4hr
30min
20min NF225-UP
2hr NF250-SEP NF250-HEP
14min MB225-SP Note )
10min 1hr
30min Current setting Ir Rated current In
6min
4min 20min 125~250A 250A
14min (Adjustable)
10min
2min
Max. 6min
1min 4min
Operating time
LTD operating time TL

CHARACTERISTICS
30sec
2min 12-60-80-100sec ± 20%
20sec 1min (at 200%)
Operating time
10sec 30sec
20sec
5sec
125~225A 10sec
Min. Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
2sec 5sec pickup current Ip Ir x (2-2.5-3-3.5-4-
250A Ir x (0.70-0.75-0.8- 5-6-7-8-10) ± 15%
1sec 2sec 0.85-0.9-0.95
-1.0) ± 10%
0.5sec 1sec
Pre-alarm STD operating time Ts
0.5sec
0.2sec Max. total operating time Tp
interrupting time TL ± 20% 0.3 ± 0.06 sec
0.2sec Tp= 0.2 ± 0.04 sec
0.1sec 2
0.1sec (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03 sec
0.05sec 0.06 ± 0.02 sec
0.05sec
Max. total breaking
0.02sec time
0.02sec
INST pickup current Ii
0.01sec 0.01sec Note x 4 ~ x14 ±15%
Time delay trip Instantaneous trip (Magnification to Rated current)
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x 100% of rated current
x100% of rated current
Instantaneous tripping current (% of In)
Note: The characteristics for both AC and DC use are the same;
however, the products differ from each other.
130
Rated ambient
130
Rated ambient
120
Current rating (%)
120
change rate (%)
110
Operating time
110
100 100
90
90
80
80 70
-5 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature (°C) Ambient temperature (°C)
(rated ambient 30°C)

Mounting screw M4x0.7x55 (2and3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
Insulation barrier (2P: 2pcs, 3P: 4pcs, 4P: 6pcs)
72
CHARACTERISTICS
4hr 4hr
2hr Thermal-Adjustable types 2hr Thermal-Adjustable types
1hr NF250-CP NF250-SP 1hr NF250-CP NF250-SP
NF250-HP NF250-HP
30min Ir : 200-250A 30min Ir : 150-200A
20min 20min
14min AC 14min AC
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
2min Instantaneous trip current Instantaneous trip current
2min
2500A±500A 2100A±420A
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min
CHARACTERISTICS
Max.
30sec Max. 30sec
20sec 20sec
10sec 10sec
5sec 200Ampere 5sec 150Ampere
Min. rating Min. rating
2sec 2sec
1sec 1sec
0.5sec 0.5sec
250Ampere rating 200Ampere rating
0.2sec 0.2sec
0.1sec Max. total 0.1sec
interrupting time Max. total
0.05sec 0.05sec interrupting time
0.02sec 0.02sec
0.01sec 0.01sec
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
130
Rated ambient
120
Current rating (%)
110
100
90
80
5 10 20 30 40 50 60
73
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF160-SP T/A, NF160-HP T/A, NF250-CP T/A, NF250-SP T/A,
NF250-HP T/A
4hr 4hr
2hr 2hr
NF160-SP NF160-HP NF160-SP NF160-HP
1hr NF250-CP NF250-SP 1hr NF250-CP NF250-SP
NF250-HP NF250-HP
30min 30min
20min Ir : 125-160A 20min Ir : 100-125A
14min AC 14min AC
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
2min Instantaneous trip current 2min Instantaneous trip current
1400A±280A 1400A±280A
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min
CHARACTERISTICS
Max. Max.
30sec 30sec
20sec 20sec
10sec 10sec
5sec 5sec
Min. 125Ampere rating Min. 100Ampere rating
2sec 2sec
1sec 1sec
0.5sec 0.5sec
160Ampere rating 125Ampere rating
0.2sec 0.2sec
Max. total
0.1sec 0.1sec
interrupting time Max. total
0.05sec 0.05sec interrupting time
0.02sec 0.02sec
0.01sec 0.01sec
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
130
Rated ambient
120
Current rating (%)
110
100
90
80
5 10 20 30 40 50 60

Mounting screw M4x0.7x55 (2and3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
74
CHARACTERISTICS
• NF400-CP, NF400-SP, NF400-SEP, NF400-HEP, NF400-REP
4hr 10hr
2hr 5hr
NF400-SEP
1hr NF400-CP 2hr NF400-HEP
NF400-SP NF400-REP
30min 250 300 350 400A 1hr Note)
20min LTD operating time Current setting Rated Current
14min AC,DC 30min
20min at 125% Ir: 200~400A In: 400A
10min 1000sec(TL=150sec set)
14min (Adjustable)
6min 10min 670sec(TL=100sec set)
4min 6min 400sec(TL= 60sec set)
12-60-100-150sec ±20%
CHARACTERISTICS
Operating time
1min 2min
Max. (at 200%)
1min
Operating time
30s
20s 30sec
20sec
10s
10sec
5s Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
Min. NF400-CP 5sec pickup current Ip Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4
2s Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
2sec -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%
1s -0.95-1.0)
NF400-SP 1sec
0.5s Pre-alarm
0.5sec STD operating time Ts
operating time Tp
0.3±0.06sec
0.2s
0.2sec Tp= TL ±20% 0.2±0.04sec
2
0.1s Max. total (at 200%)
interrupting time 0.1sec 0.1±0.03sec
0.05s 0.06±0.02sec
0.05sec
0.02s 0.02sec
INST pickup current II Max. total
0.01s 0.01sec x4~x16 ±15% breaking time
Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip (Magnification to In)
100 130 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 60 70 100 130 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
% of rated current
Note: When ordering, please specify if for DC use. Current setting (% to Ir)
Instantaneous tripping current (% to In)
130
Rated ambient
130
Rated ambient
change rate (%)
Operating time
120 120
change rate (%)
Operating time
110 110
100 100
90 90
80 80
Rated ambient 40°C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Rated ambient 45°C 5 15 25 35 45 55 70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Mounting screw M6x60 (4pcs)
75
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF400-UEP
10hr
5hr
2hr NF400-UEP
1hr Note)
LTD operating time Current setting Rated Current
30min In: 400A
20min at 125% Ir: 200~400A
14min 1000sec(TL=150sec set) (Adjustable)
10min 670sec(TL=100sec set)
6min 400sec(TL= 60sec set)
2min 12-60-100-150sec ±20%
CHARACTERISTICS
(at 200%)
1min
Operating time
30sec
20sec
10sec
5sec pickup current Ip Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4
Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
2sec -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%
-0.95-1.0)
1sec
0.5sec
operating time Tp
0.3±0.06sec
0.2sec Tp= TL ±20% 0.2±0.04sec
2
0.1sec (at 200%) 0.1±0.03sec
0.06±0.02sec
0.05sec
0.02sec
0.01sec x4~x16 ±15% breaking time
(Magnification to In)
60 70 100 130 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
Current setting (% to Ir)

Rated ambient
130
NF600-CP, NF600-SP
change rate (%)
120
Operating time
110
100
NF800-SDP
90
80
Rated ambient 40°C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Rated ambient 45°C 5 15 25 35 45 55
Standard attached parts (Front connection) Standard attached parts (Front connection)
Mounting screw M6X65 (2pcs) M6x162 (2pcs) Mounting screw M6X35 (4pcs)
Insulation barrier (3P: 4pcs) Insulation barrier (2P: 1pcs, 3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)
76
CHARACTERISTICS
• NF630-CP, NF630-SP, NF630-SEP, NF630-HEP, NF630-REP,

NF800-CEP, NF800-SDP, NF800-SEP, NF800-HEP, NF800-REP
4hr
10hr
2hr 5hr NF630-SEP
NF630-CP
1hr NF630-SP NF630-HEP
2hr NF630-REP
30min 500A,600A,630A Note)
20min AC,DC 1hr
Current setting Rated Current
14min 30min LTD operating time
10min at 125% Ir: 300~630A In: 630A
20min (Adjustable)
Inst. trip adjustment
4min range (4 steps) 10min 670sec(TL=100sec set)
Inst trip
2min Control current (%) 4min 80sec(TL= 12sec set)
Max. setting NF630-SP LTD operating time TL
1min. 12-60-100-150sec ±20%
Operating time
2min
CHARACTERISTICS
Lo 500±100
(at 200%)
30sec 2 800 1min
Operating time
20sec 3 1100
Hi 1400±280 30sec
10sec 20sec
5sec 10sec
NF630-SP Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
Min. Adjustable range 5sec pickup current Ip Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4
2sec of inst. pick up Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
1sec
current 2sec -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%
-0.95-1.0)
1sec
0.5sec
NF630-CP 0.5sec
operating time Tp
0.2sec 0.3±0.06sec
0.2sec Tp= TL ±20% 0.2±0.04sec
0.1sec 2
Max. total 0.1sec (at 200%) 0.1±0.03sec
0.05sec interrupting time 0.06±0.02sec
0.05sec
0.02sec
Time-delay trip Inst trip 0.02sec
0.01sec x4~x15 ±15%
0.01sec breaking time
(Magnification to In)
100 130 200 300 400500600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 60 70 100 130 200 300 400500600700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
Current (% to Ir)
% of rated current
4hr
10hr
2hr NF800-CEP
NF800-SDP 5hr
NF800-SEP
1hr NF800-HEP
2hr
30min 700A,800A NF800-REP
Note)
20min DC 1hr
Current setting Rated Current
14min LTD operating time
10min 30min at 125% Ir: 400~800A In: 800A
20min (Adjustable)
2min Control Inst trip
setting current (A) 4min 80sec(TL= 12sec set)
Max. LTD operating time TL
1min. 12-60-100-150sec ±20%
Operating time
Lo 2600±520 2min
2 3900±780
30sec (at 200%)
3 5200±1040 1min
Operating time
20sec Hi 6500±1300
30sec
10sec 20sec
Min.
5sec 10sec
2sec Adjustment Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
range 2sec -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%
1sec 700A
-0.95-1.0)
0.5sec 1sec
Adjustment 0.5sec
operating time Tp
0.2sec range 0.3±0.06sec
800A 0.2sec Tp= TL ±20% 0.2±0.04sec
0.1sec 2
0.05sec interrupting time
0.06±0.02sec
0.05sec
0.02sec
0.01sec INST pickup current II Max. total
0.01sec x4~x12 ±15%
(Magnification to In) breaking time
100 130 200 300 400500600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 60 70 100 130 200 300 400500600700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
Current (% to Ir)
% of rated current
77
CHARACTERISTICS
MCCBS
• NF630-UEP NF800-UEP
10hr 10hr
5hr NF630-UEP 5hr NF800-UEP
2hr 2hr
Note) Note)
1hr Current setting Rated Current 1hr Current setting Rated Current
LTD operating time Ir: 300~630A In: 630A LTD operating time
30min 30min at-125% Ir: 400~800A In: 800A
20min at-125%
(Adjustable) 20min 1000sec(TL=150sec set) (Adjustable)
14min 1000sec(TL=150sec set) 14min
10min 670sec(TL=100sec set) 10min 670sec(TL=100sec set)
6min 400sec(TL= 60sec set) 6min 400sec(TL= 60sec set)
4min 80sec(TL= 12sec set) 4min 80sec(TL= 12sec set)
LTD operating time TL LTD operating time TL
2min 12-60-100-150sec ±20% 2min 12-60-100-150sec ±20%
(at 200%) (at 200%)
1min 1min
CHARACTERISTICS
Operating time
Operating time
30sec 30sec
20sec 20sec
10sec 10sec
Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
5sec pickup current Ip Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4 5sec pickup current Ip Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4
Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15% Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
2sec -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10% 2sec -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%
-0.95-1.0) -0.95-1.0)
1sec 1sec
Pre-alarm Pre-alarm STD operating time Ts
0.5sec STD operating time Ts 0.5sec
operating time Tp operating time Tp
0.3±0.06sec 0.3±0.06sec
Tp= TL ±20% 0.2±0.04sec Tp= TL ±20% 0.2±0.04sec
0.2sec 2 0.2sec 2
0.1sec (at 200%) 0.1±0.03sec 0.1sec (at 200%) 0.1±0.03sec
0.06±0.02sec 0.06±0.02sec
0.05sec 0.05sec
0.02sec 0.02sec
INST pickup current II Max. total INST pickup current II Max. total
0.01sec x4~x15 ±15% 0.01sec x4~x12 ±15% breaking time
(Magnification to In) breaking time (Magnification to In)
60 70 100 130 200 300 400500600700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 60 70 100 130 200 300 400500600700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
Current (% to Ir) Current (% to Ir)
Instantaneous tripping current (% to In) Instantaneous tripping current (% to In)
130
Rated ambient
120
110
100
90
80
70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Mounting screw 3P: M6X35, M6x132 (2pcs each) 4P: M6x35
(3pcs), M6x132 (2pcs)
Insulation barrier (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 3pcs)
78
CHARACTERISTICS
ELCBS
• NV30-CS, NV30-SP, NV50-CP, NV60-CP, NV50-HP, NV60-HP,
MN30-CS, MN50-CP, MN50-SP
4hr 4
2hr 2
NV30-SP NV50-CP
1hr 1hr MN50-CP
NV60-CP NV50-HP
30min NV60-HP MN50-SP
30
20min 20
14min 14
10min 10
6min 6
4min 4
2min 2
Max. Max.
Operating time
1min 1min
Operating time
CHARACTERISTICS
30sec 30
20sec 20
10sec 10
5sec 5
2sec 2
Min. Min.
1sec 1
0.5sec 0.5
0.2sec 0.2
0.1sec 0.1
0.05sec 0.05
0.02sec 0.02
0.01sec 0.01sec
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 100 125 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
x100% of rated current % of rated current
• Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics • Temperature Characteristics

NV30-CS/SP, NV30SP, NV50-CP/HP, MN30-CS
NV60-CP/HP MN50-CP/SP
4 4
2 2
Rated ambient
1h 1h 300
30 250
Rated non-operating current sensitivity
30
20 20 200
10 10
150
6 6
4 4
2 100
Rated current sensitivity
2
1min 80
Operating time
Operating time
1min
70
30 30
20 20 -5 0 10 20 30 40 50
10 10
5 5
2 2
1s 1s
0.5
0.5
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1
0.05 0.05
0.02 0.02
0.01s 0.01s
25 50 100 500 25 50 100 500

Leakage current Leakage current
(% of rated current sensitivity) (% of rated current sensitivity)
Remark: For NV30-CS and MN30-CS characteristics
(IEC) (JIS) please refer to Page 68.
79
CHARACTERISTICS
ELCBS
• NV100-CP, NV100-SP, NV100-HP, NV100-SEP, NV100-HEP,
NV100-RP, MN100-SP
4hr 4hr 4hr
2hr 2hr NV100-SP 40A~100A NV 100-SEP NV 100-HEP
NV100-SP 2hr
15A~30A NV100-HP 40A~100A Note )
1hr NV100-HP 15A~30A 1hr 1hr
NV100-CP 50A~100A Current setting Ir Rated current In
30min NV100-RP 15A~30A 30min 30min
MN100-SP 45A~100A 30~50A 15~20 20A
20min 20min 20min
14min 14min NV100-RP 40A~100A 14min 60~100A 50A
10min 10min 10min (Adjustable) 100A
6min 6min 6min
4min 4min 4min
Max.(60A-100A) LTD operating time TL
2min 2min 2min 12-60-80-100sec ± 20%
Max.(40A, 50A)
Operating time
Operating time
1min 1min 1min (at 200%)
Operating time
Max.
30sec 30sec 30sec
20sec 20sec 20sec
10sec 10sec 10sec
Min. Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
5sec 5sec 5sec pickup current Ip Ir x (2-2.5-3-3.5-4-
Min. Ir x (0.70-0.75-0.8-
5-6-7-8-10) ± 15%
2sec 2sec 2sec 0.85-0.9-0.95
CHARACTERISTICS
1sec 1sec -1.0) ± 10%

1sec
operating time Tp
TL 0.3 ± 0.06 sec
0.2sec 0.2sec 0.2sec Tp= 2 ± 20% 0.2 ± 0.04 sec
0.1sec 0.1sec 0.1sec (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03 sec
0.05sec 0.05sec 0.06 ± 0.02 sec
0.05sec
Max. total breaking
0.02sec 0.02sec 0.02sec time
0.01sec 0.01sec 0.01sec Note x 4 ~ x16 ±15%
Time delay trip Instantaneous trip Time delay trip Instantaneous trip (Magnification to Rated current)
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x100% of rated current x100% of rated current x 100% of rated current
4hr
2hr
1hr
MN100-SP 45A~100A
30’
20’
14’
10’
6’
4’
Max. (60A~100A)
2’
Operating time
Max. (40A,50A)
1’
30’
20’
10’
5’
Min.
2’
1’
0.5’
0.2’
0.1’
0.05’
0.02’
0.01’
1 1.25 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
130
Rated ambient
X100% of rated current

change rate (%)
Operating time
120
110
• Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics 100
NV100-CP/SP/HP/RP, NV100-SEP/HEP MN100-SP 90
80
4 4 Rated ambient 40°C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2 High- 2
speed Time-delay Time-delay Time-delay
Rated ambient 45°C 5 15 25 35 45 55 60
1h type 1h
type 0.3s type 0.8s type 1.6s
30 30 Ambient temperature (°C)



20 20
14
10 10
6 6
4 4
130
2 2
Operating time
1min 1min
15~30A
30 30 120
Current rating (%)
ambient
20 20
Rated
10 10
5 5 110
2 2
1s 1s
0.5 0.5 100
0.2
Inertial
0.2 40~100A
Inertial nonoperating-time
0.1 nonoperating-time 0.1 90
0.05 0.05
Inertial
0.02 nonoperating-time 0.02
0.01s 0.01s
80
(Rated ambient 30°C) -5 0 10 20 30 40
25 50100 500 25 50100
500
1000
10000
25 50100
500
1000
10000
25 50100
500
1000
10000
25 50100 500 Ambient temperature (°C)
Leakage current
(% of rated current sensitivity) Standard attached parts (Front connection)
(IEC) (JIS) Mounting screw M4x0.7x35 (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
80
CHARACTERISTICS
• NV225-CP, NV225-SP, NV225-HP, NV225-RP, NV225-SEP,

NV225-HEP, MN225-SP
4hr 4 4hr
2hr NV225-CP 2 2hr NV225-SEP NV225-HEP
1hr NV225-SP 1h 1hr Note )
NV225-HP MN225-SP
30min Current setting Ir Rated current In
30 30min
20min NV225-RP 20min
20 125~225A 225A
14min 14 14min
10min 10 10min (Adjustable)
6min 6 6min
4min 4 4min
2min 2 2min 12-60-80-100sec ± 20%
Max. Max.
(at 200%)
Operating time
1min 1min. 1min

Operating time
Operating time
30sec 30 30sec
20sec 20 20sec
10sec 10 10sec
5sec 5 5sec pickup current Ip Ir x (2-2.5-3-3.5-4-
CHARACTERISTICS
Min. Min.
Ir x (0.70-0.75-0.8- 5-6-7-8-10) ± 15%
2sec 2 2sec 0.85-0.9-0.95
-1.0) ± 10%
1sec 1s 1sec
0.5sec 0.5 0.5sec
operating time Tp
Max. total TL ± 20% 0.3 ± 0.06 sec
0.2sec Max. total 0.2 interrupting 0.2sec Tp= 0.2 ± 0.04 sec
2
Interrupting time time
0.1sec 0.1 0.1sec (at 200%) 0.1 ± 0.03 sec
0.06 ± 0.02 sec
0.05sec 0.05 0.05sec
Max. total breaking
time
0.02sec 0.02 0.02sec
0.01sec 0.01s 0.01sec Note x 4 ~ x16 ±15%
Time delay trip Instantaneous trip Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip (Magnification to Rated current)
1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 1 1.25 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40 0.6 0.7 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30 40
x 100% of rated current
x100% of rated current x100% of rated current
• Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics • Temperature Characteristics

NV225-CP/SP/HP/RP, NV225-SEP/HEP MN225-SP 130
Rated ambient
change rate (%)
Operating time
120
4 4
2 High- 2
1h
speed
type
Time-delay Time-delay Time-delay
1h 110
type 0.3s type 0.8s type 1.6s
30 30



20 20
14 100
10 10
6 6
4 4 90
2 2
Operating time
1min 1min 80
30 30 Rated ambient 40°C 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
20 20
Rated ambient 45°C 5 15 25 35 45 55 60
10 10
5 5 Ambient temperature (°C)
2 2
1s 1s
0.5 0.5
130
Rated ambient
Inertial
0.2 0.2
Inertial nonoperating-time
0.05 0.05 120
Current rating (%)
Inertial
0.01s 0.01s
110
25 50100 500 25 50100 1000 25 50100 1000 25 50100 1000 25 50100 500
500 10000 500 10000 500 10000
Leakage current 100
(% of rated current sensitivity)
90
(IEC) (JIS)
80
-5 0 10 20 30 40 50

Mounting screw M4x0.7x55 (3P: 2pcs, 4P: 4pcs)
Insulation barrier (3P: 4pcs, 4P: 6pcs) *NV225-SEP,HEP 3P:2pcs
81
CHARACTERISTICS
ELCBS
• NV400-CP, NV400-SP, NV400-SEP, NV400-HEP, NV400-REP
4hr 10hr
2hr 5hr
NV400-SEP
1hr NV400-HEP
2hr
NV400-CP
30min NV400-REP
NV400-SP 1hr Note )
20min LTD operating time
30min Current setting Rated current
14min Ir: 200-400A
10min 20min at 125% In: 400A
14min 1000sec(TL=150sec set) (Adjustable)
6min
12-60-100-150sec ± 20%
Operating time
1min 2min
CHARACTERISTICS
Max. Operating time

1min (at 200%)
30s
20s 30sec
20sec
10s
10sec
5s Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
Min. NV400-CP 5sec pickup current Ip Ir x (2-2.5-3-3.5-4-
2s Ir x (0.70-0.75-0.8- 5-6-7-8-10) ± 15%
2sec 0.85-0.9-0.95
1s -1.0) ± 10%
NV400-SP 1sec
0.5s Pre-alarm
0.5sec STD operating time Ts
operating time Tp
0.3 ± 0.06 sec
0.2s Tp= TL ± 20%
0.2sec 2 0.2 ± 0.04 sec
0.1s Max. total (at 200%)
0.1sec 0.1 ± 0.03 sec
interrupting time
0.05s 0.05sec 0.06 ± 0.02 sec
0.02s 0.02sec
0.01s 0.01sec x 4 ~ x16 ±15% breaking time
Time-delay trip Instantaneous trip (Magnification to In)
100 130 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 60 70 100 130 200
300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
% of rated current
% of rated current
• Temperature Characteristics • Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics

4hr
Rated ambient
130 2hr High- Time-delay type Time-delay type Time-delay type

1hr speed 0.45SEC. (MAX) 1SEC. (MAX) 2SEC. (MAX)
type
120 30’
Rated nonoperating current

10’
110
4’
100 2’
Operating time
1’
90 30’
10’
80
5’
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Rated ambient 40°C 2’
Ambient temperature (°C) 1’
Inertial
0.5’
nonoperating time
Inertial
0.2’ nonoperating time
0.1’
Inertial
Note : For NV400-SEP/HEP/REP, 0.04’ nonoperating time
please refer to Page 68. 0.02’
0.01’
25 50 100 500 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000
Mounting screw M6X60 (4pcs) Leakage current (% of rated current sensitivity)
82
CHARACTERISTICS
• NV630-CP, NV630-SP, NV630-SEP, NV630-HEP,

4hr 10hr
2hr 5hr NV630-SEP
NV630-CP NV630-HEP
1hr NV630-SP 2hr
30min Note)
20min 500A,600A,630A 1hr Current setting Rated Current
14min 30min LTD operating time Ir: 300~630A In: 630A
10min 20min at-125% (Adjustable)
Inst trip 6min 400sec(TL= 60sec set)
Control
2min setting
current (%) 4min 80sec(TL= 12sec set)
Max. NV630-SP LTD operating time TL
12-60-100-150sec ±20%
CHARACTERISTICS
1min. Lo 400±80 2min
Operating time
2 600 (at 200%)

30sec 3 800 1min
Operating time
20sec Hi 1000±200
30sec
10sec 20sec
5sec 10sec
NV630-SP Pre-alarm STD pickup current Is
Min. Adjustable range 5sec pickup current Ip Ir x(2-2.5-3-3.5-4
2sec of inst. pick up Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
1sec
current 2sec -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10%
-0.95-1.0)
1sec
0.5sec NV630-CP Pre-alarm STD operating time Ts
0.5sec
operating time Tp
0.2sec 0.3±0.06sec
0.2sec Tp= TL ±20% 0.2±0.04sec
2
0.1sec
0.05sec interrupting time 0.06±0.02sec
0.05sec
0.02sec
0.01ssec 0.01sec x4~x10 ±15%
(Magnification to In) breaking time
100 130 200 300 400500600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 60 70 100 130 200 300 400 500600700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
Current (% of Ir)
% of rated current
10hr
5hr NV800-SEP
NV800-HEP
2hr 130
Note)
Current rating (%)
1hr
ambient
Current setting Rated Current 120

Rated
30min LTD operating time Ir: 400~800A In: 800A

20min at-125% 110
1000sec(TL=150sec set) (Adjustable)
14min
10min 670sec(TL=100sec set) 100
4min 80sec(TL= 12sec set) 90
2min 12-60-100-150sec ±20%
80
(at 200%) (rated ambient 40°C) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
1min
Operating time
(rated ambient 45°C) 5 15 25 35 45 55

30sec
20sec
10sec
Pre-alarm
• Earth-Leakage Tripping Characteristics
STD pickup current Is
4hr
2hr High- Time-delay type Time-delay type Time-delay type
Ir x(0.70-0.75 -5-6-7-8-10) ±15%
speed 0.45SEC. (MAX) 1SEC. (MAX) 2SEC. (MAX)
1hr
type
2sec -0.8-0.85-0.9 ±10% 30’

10’
1sec -0.95-1.0)
4’
2’
Pre-alarm
STD operating time Ts

Operating time
0.5sec 1’
operating time Tp 30’

0.3±0.06sec
0.2sec Tp= TL ±20% 0.2±0.04sec
10’
2 5’
2’
0.1sec (at 200%) 0.1±0.03sec 1’
Inertial
0.06±0.02sec 0.5’
Inertial
nonoperating time
0.05sec 0.2’ nonoperating time
0.1’
Inertial
0.04’ nonoperating time
0.02sec 0.02’
INST pickup current II Max. total 0.01’
0.01sec x4~x10 ±15% breaking time 25 50 100 500 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000 25 50 100 500 1000
(Magnification to In) Leakage current (% of rated current sensitivity)
60 70 100 130 200 300 400500600700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
Current (% of Ir)
Instantaneous tripping current (% of In) Mounting screw M6x35 (4pcs)
83
CHARACTERISTICS
MCB
• BH-D • BH BH-P
• Operating Characteristics • Operating Characteristics

Min Sec 4hr
200
10000 Operating Characteristics
100 Tripping Characteristics
5000 2hr Type:BH, BH-P
Type:BH-D
50
1hr Rated Current:70, 100A
30 2000 Rated Current:6A-63A
20
Amb. temp.:40°C
1000 Amb. temp.:30°C 30min
10 500 20min
5 14min
200 10min
2
100 6min
1 50 4min
30 Max.
20 2min
10
CHARACTERISTICS
1min
5 Min.
Tripping time
30sec
Operating time
2
20sec
1 Max.
0.5 10sec
0.2 B C 5sec
0.1 Min.
0.05 2sec
0.02 1sec
0.01
0.5sec
0.005 Max total
tripping time
0.002 0.2sec
0.1sec
0.6 0.7 1 1.13 1.45 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20 30
XRated current 0.05sec
0.02sec
• Temperature Characteristics 0.01sec
100 113 145 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
135 % of rated current
130
125
Current ratings (%)
120
115
ambient
Rated
110
105
100
• Ambient Compensating Curve
95
90 140
85 135
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 130
Rated ambient
Current rating (%)
Ambient temperature (°C) 125

120
115
• BV-D
70, 100A
110
105
100
• Operating Characteristics 95
90
2h 85
1h 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
30min
20min Ambient temperature (°C)
10min
6min
Rated nonoperating current sensitivity
4min
2min
1min
Operating time
30s
20s
10s
5s
2s
1s
0.5s
0.2s
0.1s
0.05s
0.02s
0.01s
25 50 100 500
Ground fault current
84 (% of rated current sensitivity)
CHARACTERISTICS
• BH-S • BH-PS
• Operating Characteristics • Operating Characteristics

4hr 4hr
Operating Characteristics Operating Characteristics
2hr Type:BH-S 2hr Type:BH-PS
1hr Rated Current:5~60A 1hr Rated Current:5~60A
Amb. temp.:40°C Amb. temp.:40°C
30min 30min
20min 20min
14min 14min
10min 10min
6min 6min
4min 4min
2min 2min
Max. Max.
1min 1min
CHARACTERISTICS
30sec 30sec
Operating time
Operating time
20sec 20sec
10sec 10sec
Min. Min.
5sec 5sec
2sec 2sec
1sec 1sec
0.5sec 0.5sec
0.2sec 0.2sec
0.1sec 0.1sec
Type B Type C Type D Type B Type C Type D
0.05sec 0.05sec
0.02sec 0.02sec
0.01sec 0.01sec
100 113 145 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000 100 113 145 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 1500 2000 3000 4000
% of rated current % of rated current
• Ambient Compensating Curve • Ambient Compensating Curve

140 140
135 135
Rated ambient
Rated ambient
130 130
10A 10A
125 125
Current rating (%)
Current rating (%)
5A 6A, 30A, 32A

120 120
40-60A 50A, 60A
115 115
110 110
105 105
15-25A 15-20A, 40A
100 100
30A
95 95
90 90
85 85
80 80
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature (°C) Ambient temperature (°C)
85
CHARACTERISTICS
CPs
• CP30-BA
Instantaneous type (I) Medium-speed type (M)
2 hrs. 2 hrs.
1 hr. 1 hr.
40 min. 30 min.
DC
20 min. 20 min.
AC
10 min. 10 min.
6 min. 6 min.
4 min. 4 min.
DC
2 min. 2 min.
Operating time
Operating time
1 min. 1 min.
CHARACTERISTICS
AC
30 sec. 30 sec.
20 sec. 20 sec.
10 sec. 10 sec.
5 sec. 5 sec.
2 sec. 2 sec.
1 sec. 1 sec.
0.5 sec. 0.5 sec.
0.2 sec. 0.2 sec.

0.1 sec. 0.1 sec.
0.05 sec. 0.05 sec.
0.02 sec. 0.02 sec.

0.01 sec. 0.01 sec.
0.006 sec. 0.006 sec.
100125150 200 300 400500 700 1000 2000 5000 10000 100 125 200 300 400 500 700 1000 2000 5000 10000
Current (% of rated current) Current (% of rated current)
Medium-speed type with inertial delay (MD)

AC
2 hrs.
1 hr. • Temperature Characteristics
30 min.
20 min. 300
250
Operating time variation (%)
10 min.
6 min. 200
4 min.
150
2 min. Rated
Operating time
1 min. ambient
100
30 sec. 90
20 sec. 80
70
10 sec. 60
5 sec. -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2 sec. (Rated ambient 40°C)
1 sec.
0.5 sec.
0.2 sec.
0.1 sec.
0.05 sec.
0.02 sec.
0.01 sec.
0.006 sec.
100 125 200 300 400 500 700 1000 2000 5000 10000
Current (% of rated current)
86
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
•NF30-CS
Front connection
Mtg. hole M5 screw M4 x 0.7 taps or ø5
14.5 Breaker
76.5
84
64
54
96
ø8.5
ø5.5
ø5
6
10
23.5 47 23.5
12.5 (max.)
28
45 67.5
49 2-pole 3-pole
Bus t max. =3
Drilling plan
2-pole 3-pole 3 52
Bus drilling for
direct connection
67
Rear connection
3-pole
DIMENSIONS
M4 x 0.7 screw 2-pole
or ø5 Breaker
Mtg plat t max. =3.2 Breaker
R2
20
45 (min)
25 (min)
76.5
76.5
84
5
18
38.5
58.5
20
23.5 23.5 ø14
55 47
Insulating tube Front-plate cutout
8
Breaker mtg
M6 screw 2-pole 3-pole 1mm clearance on
M4 x 0.7 screw
each side of handle
2-pole 3-pole Drilling plan
Lead-wire Terminal block (LT)
Terminal cover (optional)

M3.5 self-lifting terminal
22
9.5
2
25.5
80.5
77.5
63
40.5
8
2
9.5
18.5
IEC Rail Mounting Adapter

35mm IEC-rail adapter
for installation
5
100
35
31
4
52
Installation utensil
for 35mm IEC-rail 55
2-pole 3-pole 58
70
87
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
•NF30-SP NF50-CP NF60-CP NF50-HP NF60-HP
MB30-SP MB50-CP MB50-SP
Front connection
M5 X 0.8 screw Applicable
Insulation barrier (M6 for 60A) wire size : 1.6 mm-dia. to 22 mm2
(removable) 24 Breaker
Mounting hole
50
Screw
111
terminal
84
50
ø8.5
ø4.5
ø5.5
111
130 (6.5 mm-diameter for 60A)

27
6
Trip button
61 25 25
12.5 max. M4 X 0.7 screw
25 22 25 68
thread or 5 mm dia. hole
50 50 75 Neutral pole 4 72 (Conductor thickness
t = 5 max.) 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
75 100 90
Conductor drilling
2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
for direct connection Drilling plan
Rear connection
2-pole 4-pole
DIMENSIONS
Mounting panel
t = 3.2 max
3-pole
Insulation tube Breaker Breaker
1
6
R
111
111
52
8
50 M4 X 0.7 screw 25
for mounting breaker 22.5
27 min. 25 25 25 50 70
M6 screw ø14
68 42 50 25
1.0 mm clearance on each side of
72 M4 X 0.7 thread
the handle frame.
or 5 mm-dia. hole
2-pole 3-pole 4-pole Front panel cutouts (Note 1)
Drilling plan
Flush plate
Stud Mounting hole Flush plate Panel Flush plate
ø6
66 or 60
(Note 2)
196
111
140
M6 screw
25
25 50 75 15 82 min. 68 93
ø6 118
96 121 146 35 97 78 103 128
2-pole 3-pole 4-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole

Drilling plan
Plug-in
3-pole 4-pole
M5 X 0.8 screw Terminal
board to be fixed using 80 105
Mounting panel terminal board mounting- 50 75
nuts or by directly screwing Breaker (plug-in terminal board)
Plug-in terminal block 25
3
54
11
83.5
111
180
54
80
Center line of
breaker body
5.5 15.5
85
54
16.5 max.
25
7
21 55 25 50
M6 screw 6 mm-dia. hole or
89 30 57 82 107 M5 X 0.8 thread
10 ø6.5
2-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
Conductor drilling
Details of terminal for direct connection Cutout and drilling plan
Notes: 1. The drilling / cutout plan of conventional breakers may also be used the front panel.
2. A flush plate is suitable for mounting distances 66 or 60.
Remark: 1. NF30-SP, NF50-CP, NF60-CP, NF50-HP and NF60-HP are available in 2- and 3-pole only and MB30-SP, MB50-CP and MB50-SP are in 3-pole only.
88
DIMENSIONS
• NF50-HRP NF100-CP NF100-SP NF100-HP NF100-CP T/A

NF100-SP T/A NF100-HP T/A NF100-SEP NF100-HEP MB100-SP
Front connection
Insulation barrier
(removable)
Mounting hole M8 screw

24 Breaker
50
Solderless terminal
for wire size
15~75A ø1.6~38mm2
80~100A 22~50mm2
Wire connection
102
134
155
132
50
22 ø8.5
ø8.5
ø4.5
Trip button
8
27 16.5 max.
30 60 30
Neutral pole 61 30 30
60 90 90 (Conductor thickness
M4 X 0.7 thread
120
68 t = 5 max.)
or 5 mm-dia. hole
4 72 Conductor drilling
2-pole 3-pole 4-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
for direct connection
90
Drilling plan
Rear connection
4-pole 4-pole
DIMENSIONS
Mounting panel Stud rotatable 3-pole 2-pole 3-pole
t = 3.2 max. by 90° 2-pole Breaker Breaker
Insulation tube
132
134
6
134
52
Connection
allowance R1
15 M4 x 0.7 thread
for breaker
mounting
16
5
15 Insulation tube 30 28
15 ø18
ø8.5 60 30 30 30 57 86
M8 bolt
68 52 90 4-pole
90 60
72 102 M4 x 0.7 thread or 1.0 mm clearance on each side
2-pole 3-pole
5 mm-dia. hole of the handle frame.
Drilling size Front panel cutouts (Note 1)
Flush plate Terminal cover Insulation tube (provided for right pole
for 2-pole, for intermediate pole for
Stud Mounting hole Flush plate panel both 3- and 4-poles) Flush plate
ø6
Stud rotatable
by 90°
134
196
181
Connection
66
allowance
15
16
15
15 ø6
5 30
30 90 15 107.5 ø8.5 126 (91) 161
60
M8 bolt
117 152 187 35 157.5 136 (101) 171
2-pole 3-pole 4-pole (Right pole for 2-pole,

3-pole (or 2-pole) 4-pole
(Right pole for 2-pole, intermediate pole for 3-pole,
right and left poles for and intermediate and neutral
Cutout and drilling plan
both 3- and 4-poles) poles for 4-pole)
Plug-in 3-pole 4-pole

M5 X 0.8 screw Terminal board
to be fixed using terminal board 95 125
Mounting panel mounting nuts or by 60 90 Breaker (plug-in terminal board)

directly screwing it in. 30
Plug-in terminal block
56
11
134
190
54
94
98
Center line
5.5 20 of the breaker
16.5 max.
12
56
21 30
ø8.5 30 60 6 mm-dia. hole or
89 30 M8 screw 65 M5 X 0.8 thread
67 97 127
12.5
2-pole
Conductor drilling
Note: The conventional drilling/cutout plan of conventional breakers may also be used on the front panel.
Remarks: 1. Two-pole models of NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF100-CP T/A, NF100-SP T/A, and NF100-HP T/A are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.
2. NF50-HRP, NF100-CP and NF100-CP T/A are available in 2- and 3-pole only, NF100-SEP and NF100-HEP in 3- and 4-pole only, and MB100-SP in 3-pole only.
89
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
• NF100-RP NF100-UP
Front connection
MB screw 24 Breaker
Mtg hole
61
195
216
193
ø8.5
155
102
50
ø4.5
8
22 30 27 16.5 max 30 30
ø8.5
Trip
button 60 90 Neutral 61 M4X0.7 screw
pole (Bus t max.=5)
90 120 68 or ø5
3-pole 4-pole
4 72
3-pole 4-pole 90 Bus drilling for

direct connection Drilling plan
Rear connection
4-pole
Mtg plate Insulating 3-pole

DIMENSIONS
t max.=3.2 tube Stud can be Breaker Breaker

rotated 90˚ 4-pole
3-pole
4.5
Connection
187
195
195
allowance
1
6
52
15
216
16
15 30 28
M4X0.7
5 breaker ø18
15 30 30 86
mtg screw
ø8.5 M4X0.7
68 52 60 60 90 1mm clearance
M8 bolt Insulating screw
or ø5
on each side
72 102 90 tube
of handle
3-pole 4-pole
Drilling Front-panel cut out
Flush plate Insulating tube

Flush plate Panel attached to
ø6 Flush plate
Stud 3P:Center pole
Mtg hole 4P:Center &
neutral pole
Stud can be
rotated 90˚
100
231
222
195
Connection
allowance
15
16
15
5 30 111 141
15
ø6
ø8.5
60 90 3P:Left & right pole 121 151
4P:Left & right pole M8 bolt
140 170
15 107.5 3P:Center pole
3-pole 4-pole
4P:Center &
3-pole 4-pole 35 157.5 neutral pole
Drilling plan
Plug-in
M5X0.8 terminal
block mtg screw
Breaker(Terminal block)
Mtg plate nut mtg or
Plug-in terminal direct screw mtg
block
56
11
5.5 20
155
115
159
251
195
16.5max
12
56
21 60 12.5 30
ø8.5 ø6 or
89 30 M5X0.8
M8 screw 95 97
screw
Terminal detail Bus drilling
Drilling plan
Remarks: 1. Two-pole models (except the NF100-RP and NF100-UP) are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.
2. NF100-RP is available in 2- and 3-pole only.
90
DIMENSIONS
• NF160-SP NF160-HP NF160-SP T/A NF160-HP T/A NF250-CP NF250-SP NF250-HP

NF250-CP T/A NF250-SP T/A NF250-HP T/A NF250-SEP NF250-HEP MB225-SP
Front connection
30
Insulation barrier
(removable)
Hex. socket head
Mounting hole M8 bolt 24
Breaker
100
Solderless terminal
for wire size
100~175A 14~95mm2
200~250A 70~125mm2
Wire connection
126
144
165
50
102
ø8.5
ø4.5
ø8.5
22
Trip button
10
100
45 23 max.
61 35 35
35 (Conductor thickness
70 Neutral pole 68 t = 7 max.) M4 x 0.7 screw or
105 5 mm-dia. hole
105 4 72
140
92 3-pole 4-pole
Conductor drilling
direct connection
Rear connection
4-pole
DIMENSIONS
Mounting panel Stud rotatable 4-pole
t = 3.2 max. by 90° 3-pole
3-pole Breaker Breaker
Insulation tube
R1
8
144
126
144
Connection
52
allowance
22
M4 x 0.7 screw
for breaker
20
mounting
15 ø9 Insulation tube
6 ø24 35 32.5
15 M8 bolt
70 35 35 100
68 71 M4 x 0.7
105 70 screw or 105
72 106
5 mm-dia. hole 1.0 mm clearance on each side
3-pole 4-pole of the handle frame.
Drilling plan Front panel cutouts (Note 1)
Flush plate
Insulation tube (provided
for intermediate pole for
Terminal covers
6 mm dia. 3-pole or for intermediate and Flush plate
Stud Flush plate Panel
mounting hole neutral poles for 4-pole)
Stud rotatable
by 90°
196
144
181
Connection
66
allowance
22
20
15
6 35 15 ø6
ø9
70 105 15 126 M8 bolt 126 161
152 187 37 161 136 171
(Intermediate pole for 3-pole
3-pole 4-pole and intermediate and neutral 3-pole 4-pole
(Right and left poles poles for 4-poles)
for both 3- and 4-poles)
Plug-in
Breaker
(plug-in terminal block)
Mounting Panel Plug-in terminal block
34.5
22 Connection allowance
58.5
M6 screw for mounting Center line

200
144
54
80
14 terminal block
of breaker body
70
6
ø7
58.5
15
28
153
18 ø9 70 105
M8 bolt
86 32 107 142
20
Stud can be installed in 3-pole 4-pole
70 this direction only.
Insulation barrier Cutout and drilling plan
Remarks: 1. Two-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.
2. NF250-CP and NF250-CP T/A are available in 2- and 3-pole only.
NF250-SEP and NF250-HEP are available in 3- and 4-pole only.
MB225-SP is available in 3-pole only.
91
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
• NF225-RP NF225-UP
Front connection
M8 Bolt Solderless terminal
Insulating barrier
(Hex-socket) for wire size Breaker
Mtg hole (removable) 24
14~125mm 2
28
100
75
75
Wire connection
201
240
219
ø8.5
102
165
165
50
ø4.5
10
100
45
ø8.5
Trip 35 35
button 35 23 max M4X0.7 screw
22 61
Neutral or ø5
70 105 pole 68 (Bus t max.=7)
105 140 4 72 3-pole 4-pole

Bus drilling for
92 direct connection
Rear connection
4-pole
DIMENSIONS
Insulating 3-pole
Mtg plate Stud can be
t max.=3.2 tube Breaker Breaker
rotated 90˚ 4-pole
3-pole
73
11.5
108
219
201
219
Connection
8
allowance R1
52
22
20
15 6 M4X0.7 35 35 32.5
breaker ø24
15 ø9 70 mtg screw 70 35 100
M8 bolt M4X0.7
68 71 screw 1mm clearance
105 Insulating 105
tube or ø5 on each side
72 106
3-pole 4-pole of handle
Drilling Front-panel cut out
Flush plate 3p:Center pole Insulating tube

4p:Center & attached to
ø6 Panel neutral pole 3p:Center pole
Mtg hole 4p:Center & Flush plate
Stud 163
Flush plate neutral pole
Stud can be rotated 90˚
3P:Left & right pole

274
256
150
219
128
Connection
22 allowance
20
15
6 35 15 126 161
ø9 ø6
70 105 3P:Left & right pole M8 bolt 136 171
152 187 15 126
3p:Center pole 3-pole 4-pole
3-pole 4-pole 37 161 4p:Center &
neutral pole Drilling plan
Plug-in
Plug-in terminal
Mtg plate Breaker(Terminal block)
block
Connection
allowance
34.5
58.5
22
275
219
129
155
15
14
70
153
6
58.5
28
M6 20 ø9 70
18 ø7
Terminal block M8 bolt
mtg screw 70 107
86 32 Stud attachable in this Insulating
derection only barrier
Drilling plan
Remarks: 1. Two-pole models (except the NF225-RP and NF225-UP) are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.
2. NF225-RP is available in 2- and 3-pole only.
92
DIMENSIONS
• NF400-CP NF400-SP NF400-SEP NF400-HEP NF400-REP
Front connection Insulating barrier (removable) 94.5
28 Conductor 44
thickness 8
16
t8 max.
110
Breaker
43
39
Mounting hole
102
194
12
257
47
ø12.5
ø7
Trip 25
39
button ø10.5
Neutral pole 44 M6 screw or 44

44 Conductor thickness t8 max. 7mm dia. hole
97 Conductor drilling for direct connection
ø14
M12 bolt 56 103
51 168 5 107
112 185 3-pole 4-pole
140 196 155 (NF400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP)
Drilling plan
3-pole 4-pole 134 (NF400-CP)
Rear connection 4-pole

4-pole Exothermic reducing 3-pole
DIMENSIONS
Stud rotates Breaker
Mounting plate 90° groove for eddy current Breaker
3-pole
8
Connection M6 screw or
allowance 7mm dia. hole
R6
265
225
225
194
92
14
25 20 20
83
26
128
M6 screw
or 7mm dia. hole 44 44
10 ø35 118
8
ø13
113 M12 bolt 87 Insulation tube 87 43.5
130.5
130.5
1.0mm clearance on each side of handle
3-pole 4-pole Cutout and drilling plan
Drilling plan
Flush plate Flush Stud Flush plate

Stud plate Panel rotates90°
Insulation tube
(center pole for 3-pole,
center and neutral poles
290
225
268
152
for 4-pole)
20
26
15 25 20
5
Mounting hole ø6
43.5 ø13 159 ø7 203
8 (Right and left Connection
M12 bolt
poles for 3- allowance 172 216
87 130.5 and 4-pole) 184
(center pole for 3-pole,
194 238 3-pole 4-pole
center and neutral
poles for 4-pole) 229
3-pole 4 -pole
64 (NF400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP) Drilling plan
43 (NF400-CP)
Plug-in
4-pole
Plug-in terminal block Mounting plate 3-pole
Breaker
35
55
Connection
M8 mounting
280
225
allowance
135
163
24 screw
24
79
8
55
28
160
15
28 ø10
18 Studs installable 44 87
one-way only
121
87 136 181
ø13 Insulation barrier
M12 bolt 130.5
3-pole 4-pole
Drilling plan
Remark: Two-pole models are 3-pole models with the central pole removed.
93
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
• NF400-UEP
Front connection Insulating barrier (removable)
127.5
78
Conductor
110
thickness t8 max. 8
Breaker
43
ø7
ø12.5
Mounting hole
47
31
297
11.5
234
102
257
144
ø12.5
ø7
Trip button 25
39
ø10.5
43
44 M6 screw or
141
16
Conductor thickness t8 max. 7mm dia. hole

194 Conductor drilling for direct connection
ø14
51 200
M12 bolt
28 5 204
112 252 3-pole
140 3-pole Drilling plan
Rear connection Exothermic reducing Breaker

Breaker groove for eddy current
Mounting plate Stud rotates
90°
DIMENSIONS
8
M6 screw or
7mm dia. hole
26
R6
Connection
allowance
234
265
305
265
92
25 20 20
14
26
83
128
10
M6 screw for ø35
mounting 44 118
ø13
210 M12 bolt 8 breaker
87
87 Insulation tube
1.0mm clearance on each side of handle

Drilling plan Cutout and drilling plan
3-pole
Flush plate Flush plate

Stud rotates
Stud Flush Panel 90°
plate
265
330
194
308
Insulation tube
(center pole)
20
26
25 20
5
Mounting hole ø9
ø13 172 ø10
8 15 Connection allowance M12 bolt
192
87 (Right and left poles)
216 64 (Center pole) 3-pole

Drilling plan
3-pole
Plug-in
Breaker
35
Mounting angle
Mounting angle
Less than 203
Connection
320
297
265
175
M8 mounting allowance
24 screw
24
79
8
160
28
15
ø10
28 Studs installable
18 one-way only 44
218
87
M12 bolt 3-pole
3-pole
Drilling plan
Remark: The 4-pole dimensions are identical for 4-pole NF630-UEP and NF800-UEP models.
94
DIMENSIONS
• NF630-CPNF630-SP NF630-SEP NF630-HEP NF630-REP

NF800-CEP NF800-SDP NF800-SEP NF800-HEP NF800-REP
Front connection Conductor thickness 94.5
Mounting hole Insulating barrier (removable) 630A frame 44
630A frame t8 max. 630A frame 24
800A frame 46
800A frame t10 max. 800A frame 26
630A frame 8 Breaker
110
87
800A frame 10
32
Conductor drilling
15 for direct connection
243
102
275
32
ø8.5
ø8
8
ø14
630A frame 8
87
12
32 800A frame 10
22 70 M6 screw or 70
630A frame 44 7mm dia. hole
Trip button 51 70 800A frame 46
15
40
14 97
210
Neutral pole (Conductor thickness)
40
280 103 630A frame t8 3-pole 4-pole
140 ø14 800A frame t10
5 107
210 M12 bolt Drilling plan
Conductor drilling
155
3-pole 4-pole for direct connection

M6 screw or
Connection allowance 7mm dia. hole Exothermic
Stud rotates 90˚
DIMENSIONS
reducing
25 Breaker 3-pole
Mounting plate groove for
Breaker
eddy current
5
R6
10
243
243
295
92
12.5
13
40
630A frame 8
800A frame 10 51
70
10 70
140
70
8 32 15 ø13 M6 screw for 140
172
ø48
M12 bolt mounting breaker 210
113 110 3-pole 4-pole
Drilling plan
1.0 mm clearance on each side of handle
Flush plate
800A frame 10
Stud rotates 90°

630A frame 8
panel
Connection
Stud Flush plate allowance Flush plate
25
220
300
322
243
13
40
15
70
5
ø10
Mounting hole 228 298
140 210 ø13
ø9 224 314
8 32 15 M12 bolt
269 340
64 211
Drilling plan
Plug-in
Mounting plate
Stud rotates 90˚
Plug-in terminal block Breaker
56
20
155
187
243
301
13
Connection
8
112
56
allowance
32
25
800A frame 10
630A frame 8
15
70 140
23
ø13 ø10
M12 bolt 208 278
126 40
3-pole 4-pole
M8 mounting screw 140
Drilling plan
95
DIMENSIONS
MCCBS
• NF630-UEP NF800-UEP NF400-UEP (4-pole)
Front connection 143 630A frame 77.5 (ON side)

97 630A frame 800A frame 44 (ON side)
Conductor 143 121.5 (OFF side)
Conductor thickness 64 800A frame
Insulating barrier (removable) Insulating barrier thickness
630A frame t8 Mounting 97
Mounting hole 630A frame 8 (removable) t8 max. 4-pole
800A frame t12 hole
800A frame 10 6.5 3-pole
Breaker
110
110
ø14
ø14
ø7
ø7
87
48
Conductor drilling for
direct connection
27.5
27.5
ø8.5
15 15
322
290
275
102
275
102
322
112 112
ø7
12
22
ø7
16
8
630A frame 8 40
48
ø14
ø14
87
800A frame 10 6.5

32
35 Conductor thickness 70 70
630A frame 141 Neutral pole 141 630A frame t8 max. M6 screw or
Trip button 51 70 70
15
800A frame 143 800A frame t10 max. 7mm dia. hole
14 194 210 194
210 ø14 Conductor drilling
40 Neutral pole 200 Trip 280 200
280 M12 bolt for direct connection
140 ø14 5 204 button 5 204
210 M12 bolt 4-pole
252 252 Drilling plan
3-pole 4-pole (NF400-UEP)

M6 screw or
Con- Con- 7mm dia. hole Exothermic
3-pole
DIMENSIONS
nection nection reducing

Mounting plate allowance Mounting plate allowance Breaker Breaker
groove for
25 Stud rotates 90˚ 25 Stud rotates 90˚
eddy current
22.5
R6
10
290
342
290
342
290
92
13
26
12.5
40
8 32 15 20
70 51
10 630A frame 8 10 70
800A frame 10 70
210 110 ø13 210 83 ø13
140 ø48 172
M12 bolt M12 bolt 210
M6 screw for 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole
140 mounting breaker
(NF400-UEP)
Drilling plan
Flush plate
800A frame 10
630A frame 8
Panel Stud rotates 90° panel

75 Flush plate
than 100
Stud Connection Flush Connection Stud rotates 90° Angle-use
Flush plate allowance 102 plate attachment Mounting angle
allowance Less
25 25
Mounting angle Mounting angle

370
155
347
290
290
Angle-use Angle-use
attachment attachment
13
40
than 100
20
26
70 8 32 15 70 140
Less
140 10 10
5
ø13 15 239 312

210
283 15 8 M12 bolt 8 ø13
353 M12 bolt
64 206
M8 screw or
64 10mm dia. hole
206
4-pole
(NF400-UEP) Drilling plan
Plug-in (except NF800-UEP)
190
Plug-in terminal block Stud rotates 90˚ 190
Breaker Mounting angle Mounting angle
(A) (B)
Mounting angle
Less than 234
(A)
348
322
290
202
20
172
ø10
172
8
13
25
15 32 8
112
23 M8 mounting 70 Mounting angle (A)

Fix plate
25
screw ø10
Connection
Mounting angle M8 mounting 40
allowance Top view Base view
(B) screw
223 140 3-pole
ø13
M12 bolt Drilling plan
96
DIMENSIONS
ELCBS
• NV30-CS MN30-CS
Front connection
67.5
Mtg. hole M5 screw 14.5 Breaker
Test button
76.5
76.5
64
54
50
96
ø8.5
10 ø5.5
ø5
6
(max)
23.5
Leakage 28 12.5 23.5 M4 ✕ 0.7
indicator button taps or ø5
49
Bus t max. =3
52
Bus drilling for Drilling plan
4 55 direct connection
67
Rear connection
DIMENSIONS
M4 ✕ 0.7 screw
or ø5 Breaker
Mtg plat t max =3.2 Breaker
R1
76.5
76.5
45 (min)
25 (min)
76.5
52
5
38.5
58.5
23.5 65
ø14
55 47
Insulating tube
8
Front-plate cutout
M6 screw Breaker mtg
M4 ✕ 0.7 screw Drilling plan
97
DIMENSIONS
ELCBS
• NV30-SP NV50-CP NV50-HP NV60-CP NV60-HP MN50-CP
MN50-SP
Front connection
Insulation barrier
(removable)
M5 ✕ 0.8 screw
(M6 for NV60-CP, -SP, -HP)
Mounting hole Applicable wire size :
24 1.6 mm dia. to 22 mm2 Breaker
Sensitivity current
selector
111
130
111
84
50
Screw terminal
ø8.5
ø4.5
ø5.5
Leakage
(6.5 mm-dia. for NV60-CP, -SP, or - HP)
indicaton button
22 27
6
Trip button Test button
50 61 25 M4 ✕ 0.7 screw
12.5 max. or 5 mm dia. hole
75 68
4 72 (Conductor thickness
t = 5 max.)
90
Conductor drilling
Rear connection
Mounting panel
DIMENSIONS
t = 3.2 max.
Insulation tube Breaker
Breaker
1
R
6
111
111
52
8
50 M4 ✕ 0.7 screw
for breaker mounting
27 min. 25
M6 screw ø14 70
68 42 50
M4 ✕ 0.7 thread
72
or 5 mm-dia. hole 1.0 mm clearance on eace side
of the handle frame.
Front panel cutouts

Drilling plan
Flush plate
Mounting hole Flush plate Panel Flush plate
Stud
ø6
66 or 60
(Note 1)
111
196
140
M6 screw
50 15 82 min. 93
ø6
121 35 97 103
Plug-in
M5 ✕ 0.8 screw Terminal board
80
Mounting panel to be fixed using terminal
block mounting nuts or by 50 Breaker (plug-in terminal block)
directly screwing in it.
3
54
11
Center line of
83.5
180
54
80
111
breaker body
5.5 15.5
83.5
54
16.5 max.
7
21 M6 screw 25
6 mm-dia. hole or
89 30 82 M5 ✕ 0.8 thread
10 ø6.5
Conductor drilling cutout

98
DIMENSIONS
• NV100-CP NV100-SP NV100-HP NV100-SEP NV100-HEP MN100-SP
Front connection
Insulation barrier
Mounting hole (removable)
M8 screw
Breaker
50
24
Sensitivity current Leakage
selector indicator button Solderless terminal
for wire size
Operating time Sensitivity current 15~75A ø1.6~38mm2
selector selector 80~100A 22~50mm2
(time-delay type)
Operating time Wire connection
155
134
102
132
50
Leakage selector
indicator button (time-delay type) ø8.5
22
ø8.5
ø4.5
Trip button Test Trip button Test button
8
button
Neutral pole 27 16.5 max.
60 30
61 30 30
90 90 (Conductor thickness M4 ✕ 0.7
120
68 t = 5 max.) screw or 5 mm-dia. hole
4 72 Conductor drilling
3-pole 4-pole for direct connection 3-pole 4-pole
90
Drilling plan
Rear connection
4-pole 4-pole
3-pole
DIMENSIONS
Mounting panel Stud rotatable 3-pole
t = 3.2 max. by 90° Breaker Breaker
Insulation tube
6
132
134
134
Connection
52
allowance R1
15 M4 ✕ 0.7 screw
for breaker
mounting
16
5
15 Insulation tube 30 28
15 ø8.5 ø18
60 30 30 86
M8 bolt
68 52
90 60 90
72 102
M4 ✕ 0.7 screw or
5 mm-dia. hole 1.0 mm clearance on each side
3-pole 4-pole of the handle frame.
Front panel cutouts
Flush plate Terminal cover

Insulation tube (provided for
intermediate pole for 3-pole or
6mm-dia. Flush plate panel for intermediate and neutral Flush plate
Stud
mounting hole poles for 4-pole)
Stud rotatable
by 90° 181
134
196
66
Connection
allowance
15
16
15
15 ø6
5 30
15 107.5 ø8.5 126 161
60 90
M8 bolt
152 187 35 157.5 136 171
3-pole 4-pole (Intermediate pole for 3-pole and 3-pole 4-pole

(Right and left poles for intermediate and neutral poles
both 3- and 4-poles) for 4-pole) Cutout and drilling plan
Plug-in M5 ✕ 0.8 screw Terminal block

4-pole
125
to be fixed using terminal board
mounting nuts or to be directly 90 Breaker (plug-in terminal block)
Mounting panel
screwing it in. 30
56
11
134
190
54
94
Center line
98
5.5 20 of breaker body
16.5 max.
56
12
21 60
95 30 60 6 mm-dia. hole or
89 30 M8 screw
M5 ✕ 0.8 thread
97 127
12.5 ø8.5
3-pole
Conductor drilling 3-pole 4-pole
Remarks : NV100-CP, NV100-SP NV100-HP and MN100-SP are only available as 3-pole models.
99
DIMENSIONS
ELCBS
• NV100-RP
Front connection
M8 screw Breaker
24
Mtg hole
61
Sensitivity selector
Operating time selector

(for time-delay type)
216
195
193
ø8.5
155
102
50
8
ø4.5
Leakage indicator
button
22 27 16.5 max
ø8.5
Trip 30
Button Test
60 61
Button (Bus t max.=5) M4X0.7 screw
90 68 or ø5
4 72
90 Bus drilling for

direct connection Drilling plan
Rear connection
Mtg plate Insulating Breaker
DIMENSIONS
t max.=3.2 tube Stud can be Breaker

rotated 90˚
4.5
Connection 187
195
195
allowance
1
6
52
15
16
15
M4X0.7
5 breaker ø18
15 30
mtg screw
ø8.5 86
68 52 60 60 M4X0.7
MB bolt Insulating screw 1mm clearance
72 102 tube or ø5
on each side
Drilling plan of handle
Front-plate cut out
Flush plate Flush plate Panel

ø6 Flush plate
Stud Insulating tube
Mtg hole
(attached to center pole)
Stud can be
rotated 90˚
231
100
222
195
Connection
15 allowance
16
15
5 111
15
ø8.5 ø6
60 121
(Left & right pole) M8 bolt
140 15 107.5
35 157.5
(center pole) Drilling plan
Plug-in
M5X0.8 terminal
block mtg screw Breaker(Terminal block)
Mtg plate nut mtg or
Plug-in terminal direct screw mtg
block
56
11
5.5 20
155
115
159
251
195
16.5max
12
56
21 60 12.5 30
ø8.5 ø6 or
M5X0.8
89 30 MB screw 95 97 screw
Terminal detail Bus drilling
Drilling plan
100
DIMENSIONS
• NV225-CP NV225-SP NV225-HP NV225-SEP NV225-HEP MN225-SP
Front connection Insulation barrier

(removable)
Mounting hole Hex. socket head
M8 bolt 24
Breaker
100
Solderless terminal
Sensitivity current
Leakage for wire size
selector
indicator button 100~175A 14~95mm2
Operating time 200~250A 70~125mm2
selector Sensitivity
(time-delay type) current selector Wire connection
144
50
102
165
126
Operating time
Leakage selector ø8.5
indicator
ø4.5
ø8.5
22 (time-delay type)
Trip button button Trip
10
button Test button
Test button 45
100
23 max.
Neutral pole 61 35 35
(Conductor thickness M4 ✕ 0.7
35
70 68 screw or 5 mm-dia. hole
t = 7 max.)
105
105 4 72 3-pole 4-pole
140
92
Conductor drilling
3-pole 4-pole
Mounting panel Stud rotatable 4-pole 3-pole
DIMENSIONS
t = 3.2 max. by 90° Breaker
3-pole Breaker
Insulation tube
R1
144
126
144
Connection
52
allowance
22
M4 ✕ 0.7 screw
for breaker
20
mounting
15 ø9 Insulation tube
6 ø24 35
15 M8 bolt 32.5
70 35 35
68 71 M4 ✕ 0.7 100
105 70 screw or 105
72 106
5 mm-dia. hole
3-pole 4-pole 1.0 mm clearance on each side

of the handle frame.
Drilling plan
Flush plate Insulation tube (provided for

Terminal cover intermediate pole for 3-pole or for
Stud 6 mm-dia. Flush plate Panel intermediate and neutral poles Flush plate
mounting hole for 4-pole)
Stud rotatable
by 90°
144
Connection
181
196
66
allowance
22
20
15
35 15 ø6
6
ø9
70 105 15 126 126 161
M8 bolt
152 187 37 161 136 171
(Intermediate pole for 3-pole and
intermediate and neutral poles for 4-pole) 4-pole
(Right and left poles
for both 3- and 4-poles) Cutout and drilling plan
Plug-in
Mounting panel Plug-in terminal block Breaker (plug-in terminal block)
34.5
22 Connecting allowance
58.5
M6 screw for mounting Center line

200
144
14 terminal block
54
80
of breaker body
6
70
ø7
58.5
15
28
153
18 ø9 70 105
86 32 M8 bolt 107 142
20
Studs can be installed in
70 this direction only. 3-pole 4-pole
Insulation barrier
Remark: NV225-CP/SP/HP and MN225-SP are only available as 3-pole models.
101
DIMENSIONS
ELCBS
• NV225-RP
Front connection
M8 bolt
Insulating barrier (Hex-socket)
Mtg hole Breaker
(removable) 24
100
28
Sensitivity selector
75
75
Operating time selector
240
201
(for time-delay type)
165
219
102
165
50
ø8.5
ø4.5
Leakage indicator
button
10
100
Test button 45
ø8.5
35
Trip 23 max.
22 61 M4X0.7 screw
button
or ø5
68
70 (Bus t max.=7)
4 72
105 Bus drilling for
92 direct connection Drilling plan
Rear connection
Insulating
DIMENSIONS
Mtg plate Stud can be Breaker

tube Breaker
t max.=3.2 rotated 90˚
73
11.5
108
201
219
219
Connection
8
1
allowance
52
22
20
15 6 M4X0.7 35
breaker ø24
15 100
ø9 70 mtg screw 70
MB bolt M4X0.7
68 71 screw 1mm clearance
Insulating on each side
or ø5
72 106 tube of handle
Drilling plan Front-plate cut out
Flush plate (center pole)

ø6 Panel Insulating tube Flush plate
Mtg hole 163
Stud Flush plate (attached to center pole)
Stud can be rotated 90˚
(Left & right pole)

128
150
219
274
256
Connection
22 allowance
20
15
6 15 126
ø9 ø6
70 M8 bolt 136
(Left & right pole)
152 15 126
37 161
Drilling plan
(center pole)
Plug-in
Plug-in terminal
Mtg plate Breaker(Terminal block)
block
Connection
22 allowance
34.5
58.5
275
219
129
155
15
14
70
153
6
58.5
28
M6 20 ø9 70
18 ø7
terminal block M8 bolt
mtg screw 70 107
86 32 Stud attachable in this Insulating
derection only barrier
Drilling plan
102
DIMENSIONS
• NV400-CP NV400-SP NV400-SEP NV400-HEP NV400-REP
Front connection Insulating barrier (removable) 94.5
28 44
Conductor 8
16
thickness t8.
110
Sensitivity Breaker
43
current selector
39
Operating
Mounting time selector
hole (time-delay type)
102
257
194
12
Leakage
47
indicator button
ø12.5
ø7
Trip Test
button 25
button
39
ø10.5
Neutral pole Conductor thickness t8

44 M6 screw or 44
44
7mm dia. hole
ø14 97 Conductor drilling for
M12 bolt 56 direct connection
103
51 168 5 107
112 185 3-pole 4-pole
140 196
155 (NV400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP) Drilling plan
3-pole 4-pole 134 (NV400-CP)
Rear connection Exothermic

4-pole reducing 4-pole
Stud Breaker groove for 3-pole
DIMENSIONS
Mounting plate rotates 90° 3-pole eddy current
Breaker
8
Connection M6 screw or
265
225
225
194
14
R6
25 20 20
92
83
26
128
M6 screw for
mounting breaker 44 44
10 ø35
8
ø13
113 M12 bolt 87 Insulation tube 87 43.5 118
130.5
130.5
3-pole 4-pole 1.0mm clearance on each side of handle

Drilling plan Cutout and drilling plan
Flush plate Stud Flush plate

Stud Flush plate Panel rotates 90°
Insulation tube
(center for 3-pole,
center and neutral
290
225
268
152
for 4-pole)
20
26
15 25 20
5
Mounting
hole ø6 43.5 159 ø7 203
8 Connection ø13
(Left and right for allowance
3- and 4-pole) M12 bolt 172 216
87 130.5 184
229
194 238 3-pole 4-pole
(Center for 3-pole,
center and neutral
for 4-pole)
3-pole 4-pole
64 (NV400-SP/SEP/HEP/REP) Drilling plan
43 (NV400-CP)
Plug-in
Plug-in 4-pole
terminal block Mounting plate 3-pole
Breaker
35
55
Connection
M8 mounting
280
225
135
163
allowance
24 screw
24
79
8
55
28
160
ø10
15
28
18 Stud installable 44 87
one-way only
121 136 181
87
M12 bolt 130.5
3-pole 4-pole
Drilling plan
103
DIMENSIONS
ELCBS
• NV630-CPNV630-SP NV630-SEP NV630-HEP NV800-SEP
NV800-HEP
Front connection Conductor
Insulating barrier thickness 94.5
Mounting 630A frame 44 630A frame 24
hole (removable) 630A frame t8 800A frame 46 800A frame 26
Sensitivity 800A frame t12
630A frame 8 Breaker
110
current
87
selector 32 800A frame 10
Operating
time 15 Conductor drilling
selector for direct connection
243
275
102
(time-delay
type)
ø8
Leakage
8
indicator ø8.5
button 630A frame 8
ø14
32
87
32
800A frame 10
70 M6 screw or 70
12
Trip Test button 630A frame 44
70 22 7mm dia. hole
15
button 51
800A frame 46
14 210 97 40
Neutral pole
280 103 (Conductor thickness) 3-pole 4-pole
40
ø14 630A frame t8
140 M12 bolt 5 107 Drilling plan
800A frame t10
210 Conductor drilling
155
3-pole 4-pole for direct connection
Rear connection
Connection M6 screw or 4-pole
Stud
DIMENSIONS
rotates 90˚
25 Breaker Exothermic reducing
Mounting 3-pole
plate groove for eddy current Breaker
5
R6
10
243
295
243
12.5
92
13
40
630A frame 8
800A frame 10 51
70
10 70
140
70 172
ø13 M6 mounting 140 ø48
8 32 15
M12 bolt screw 210
113 110 3-pole 4-pole

Drilling plan
Flush plate Stud

800A frame 10
630A frame 8
panel rotatable 90°
Stud Connection
allowance
25
322
220
300
243
13
40
15
70 ø10
5
Mounting 228 298

hole ø9 140 210 ø13
244 314
8 32 15 M12 bolt
269 340
64 211
Drilling plan
Plug-in
Mounting plate Stud
rotates 90˚
Plug-in terminal block Breaker
56
20
155
187
301
243
13
Connection
allowance
112
56
32
25
15
800A frame 10
70
630A frame 8
23 140
ø13 ø10
M12 bolt 208 278
126 40
M8 3-pole 4-pole
140
mounting screw
Drilling plan
104
DIMENSIONS
MCBS
• BH • BH-S
Types BH
Mtg bracket 32 M5 x 0.8 screw
M5 x 0.8 screw Mtg bracket 32
(line side & load side) (line side & load side)
100
113
73
95
57
95
100
113
73
95
57
95
Breaker
center
25 50 57.5 25 50 Mtg hole 57.5

25 50 75 Mtg hole ø4.5
63.5 25 50 75 ø4.5 63.5
77.5
22 47 47 76
Bus t max. =4
Bus t max. =4
.5
ø5
ø5.5
6
5.5
5.5
12
6
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Bus drilling 12
13.5
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 13.5
Bus drilling
DIMENSIONS
Note: Two mounting brackets are used for single-pole breakers.
Note: Two mounting brackets are used for single-pole breakers. and four for two-pole and three-pole breakers.
and four for two-pole and three-pole breakers.
• BH-P • BH-PS
Plug-in terminal
(line side) Plug-in terminal
7.5
7.5
(line side)
57.5
71.5
81.5
57.5
71.5
74
M5 x 0.8
screw
25 25 25 60.5
25 25 25 60.5 25 50 75 65.5
Mtg slot M5 x 0.8 Mtg slot
screw 79
25 50 75 65.5
20.5 45.5 70.5 79
22 47 72
4.5
4.5
14
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 14
• BH-D6 • BV-D • KB-D

M5 screw Residual M5 screw
Neutral Pole M5 screw Test button indicator Neutral pole Neutral Pole
44.5
44.5
42.5
45
45
87
92
87
92
45
85
18 36 18 18 36 18
Insulation Insulation
54 18 17 54 Barrier(Option)
18
Barrier(Option) 44 6
18
36 54 72 17 44 6 18 36 54 72 17 44 6
54
70 maximum
36 72
70 maximum 70 maximum
Solderless terminal Solderless terminal Solderless terminal
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole 2-pole 4-pole 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
105
COMPARISON COMPARISON
COMPATIBILITY BETWEEN NEW AND FORMER MODELS
30~250AF
Internal Earth-leakage
Model number External dimension standardization Electronic breakers External accessories Electronic circuits
accessories alarm
A
Series frame Pre-alarm High-speed/
Same module Standard 68mm Same panel size for Multiple Reverse Electrically Three voltages Time-delay Loads via ECA
Former New NF=NV C=S Cassette-type HL/HL-S
for 4-pole height NF/NV operating char. connection operated available operating time leads
SSR output Contact output switching
NF50/60-CS NF50/60-CP ● ● — ● ● — — — ● ● — ● — — —
NF - C NF100-CS NF100-CP ● ● — ● ● — — — ● ● ● ● — — —
NF250-CS NF250-CP ● ● — ● ● — — — ● ● ● ● — — —
NF50/60-SH NF50/60-HP ● ● ● ● ● — — — ● ● — ● — — —
Molded-
NF100-SS NF100-SP ● ● ● ● ● — — — ● ● ● ● — — —
case
circuit
breakers NF100-SH NF100-HP ● ● ● ● ● — — — ● ● ● ● — — —
● As standard/
NF-S — NF100-SEP/HEP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Option ● ● ● ● — — —
Option
NF160-SS, NF250-SS NF160-SP, NF250-SP ● ● ● ● ● — — — ● ● ● ● — — —
NF160-SH, NF250-SH NF160-HP, NF250-HP ● ● ● ● ● — — — ● ● ● ● — — —

COMPARISON
COMPARISON
● As standard/
NF250-SE NF250-SEP/HEP ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Option ● ● ● ● — — —
Option
NV50/60-CF NV50/60-CP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● — ● ● — —
NV-C NV100-CF NV100-CP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● ● ● ● — —
NV225-CF NV225-CP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● ● ● ● — —
NV30/50/60-SF NV30/50/60-SP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● — ● ● — —
— NV50/60-HP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● — ● ● — —
Earth
leakage
circuit NV100-SF NV100-SP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● ● ● ● — —
breakers
NV100-HB NV100-HP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● ● ● ● — —
NV-S
(NV100-SS 4P) NV100-SEP/HEP ● ● ● ● ● ● — ● Option — ● ● ● ● ● —
NV225-SF NV225-SP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● ● ● ● — —
NV225-SB NV225-HP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● ● ● ● — —
(NV250-SS 4P) NV225-SEP/HEP ● ● ● ● ● ● — ● Option — ● ● ● ● ● —
MB30/50-SS MB50-CS MB30/50-SP MB50-CP ● ● — ● ● — — — ● ● — ● — — —
MB MB100-SS MB100-SP ● ● — ● ● — — — ● ● — ● — — —
MB225-SS MB225-SP ● ● — ● ● — — — ● ● — ● — — —
MN50-CF/SF MN50-CP/SP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● — ● ● — —
MN MN100-SF MN100-SP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● — ● ● — —
MN225-SF MN225-SP ● ● — ● ● — — — — ● — ● ● — —
● : Improved item for new models
106 107
COMPARISON
400~800AF
External dimension
Model number Pre-alarm
A standardization Cassette-type Multiple
Series frame Same module accessories operating char.
Former Ne w NF=NV SSR output Contact output
for 4-pole
400 NF400-CS NF400-CP ● — ● — — —
NF-C 630 NF630-CS NF630-CP ● — ● — — —
800 NF800-CS NF800-CEP ● — ● ● ● ●
NF400-SS NF400-SP ● ● ● — — —
NF400-SE NF400-SEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
400
— NF400-HEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
— NF400-REP ● — ● ● ● ●
NF630-SS NF630-SP ● ● ● — — —
Molded- NF630-SE NF630-SEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
case
circuit
NF-S 630
breakers — NF630-HEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
— NF630-REP ● — ● ● ● ●
NF800-SS NF800-SEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
NF800-SSD NF800-SDP — ● ● — — —
800
— NF800-HEP ● ● ● ● ● ●
— NF800-REP ● — ● ● ● ●
COMPARISON
400 NF400-UR NF400-UEP — — ● ● ● ●
NF-U 630 NF630-UR NF630-UEP — ● ● ● ● ●
800 NF800-UR NF800-UEP — ● ● ● ● ●
400 NV400-CF NV400-CP ● — ● — — —

NV-C
630 NV630-CA NV630-CP ● — ● — — —
NV400-SF NV400-SP ● — ● — — —
NV400-SS NV400-SEP ● — ● ● ● ●
400 NV400-SB 4P NV400-SEP 4P ● ● ● ● ● ●
— NV400-HEP ● — ● ● ● ●
Earth
leakage
circuit
— NV400-REP ● — ● ● ● ●
breakers
NV-S NV600-SB 3P NV630-SP ● — ● — — —
— NV630-SEP 3P ● — ● ● ● ●
630
NV600-SB 4P NV630-SEP 4P ● ● ● ● ● ●
— NV630-HEP ● — ● ● ● ●
NV800-SB NV800-SEP ● — ● ● ● ●
800
— NV800-HEP ● — ● ● ● ●
● Improved item for new models
108
COMPARISON
OTHER CHANGES
30~800AF
• Appearance
• Former (example: NF100-SS) • New (example: NF100-SP) • Former (example: NV100-SF) • New (example: NV100-SP)
Includes a trip button within the panel Includes a dial selector switch.
cutout. New model indicates IEC60947-2 Sensitivity current is selectable using a
Icu/Ics on the nameplate. JIS based 4.5x50 screwdriver. New
model also includes a trip button.
• Front panel cutouts (partial list of main NF/NV models)

NF NV
NF50-CS~NF250-CS NF400-CS~NF800-CS NV50-CF~NV225-CF
Former NF30-SS~NF250-SS NV400-CF
NF400-SS~NF800-SS NV30-SF~NV225-SF
NF50-HR, NF100-SH, NF250-SH
NF50-CP~NF250-CP
NF400-CP~NF800-CE P NV50-CP~NV225-CP
New NF30-SP~NF250-SP NV400-CP
NF400-SP~NF800-S E P NV30-SP~NV225-SP
NF50-HRP, NF100-HP, NF250-HP
Compatibility is assured. The new 250A
Former cutout sizes can also be used on the front panel. The distance from the
Compatibility (225A) frame's breaker height is 18mm
COMPARISON
breaker base to the front panel differs from the former (see figure at right). ower than the former.
• Dimensions (400AF 4-pole models) • Front panel cutouts

• Both the overall module dimensions and bar terminal (some as previous NF)
dimensions are altered greatly. 4-pole
196 3-pole Breaker 4-pole
35
28 3-pole
16
2-pole
16
48
43
R R2
1
275
52
50
92
275
24 (Note 1)
56 56 56 72 53 107
70 70 70
185
280
The cutout size is equal to breaker's window
frame plus 1mm clearance.
• Connection parts (partial list of 3-pole C series models or equivalent)

Rear stud (B-ST) Flush plate (FP) Plug-in (PM)
Product name
Former New Compatibility Former New Compatibity Former New Compatibility
Compatible even
ST-05SS3 ST-05SP3
30/50/60 though model FP-05SS3 FP-05SP3 PM-05SS3 PM05SP3
(screw stud) (screw stud) numbers differ
ST-1SS3 ST-1SP3 FP-1SS3 FP-1SP3 Incompatible Incompatible
100 PM-1SS3 PM-1SP3
(screw stud) (bar stud) (screw stud) (bar stud)
F ra m e Incompatible
(A ) ST-2SS3 ST-2SP3 FP-2SS3 FP-2SP3 PM-2SS3
250 PM-2SP3
(bar stud) (bar stud) (bar stud) (bar stud)
400 ST-4SS3 ST-4SP3 ● FP-4SS3 FP-4SP3 ✕ PM-4SS3 PM-4SP3 ●
630 — ST-6SP3 — FP-6SS3 FP-6SP3 ✕ PM-6SS3 PM-6SP3 ●
800 — ST-8SP3 — FP-6SS3 FP-6SP3 ✕ PM-8SS3 PM-8SP3 ●
• Rear studs for 100AF and

NF50-HRP have changed
from screw studs to bar studs
(new).
•
Screw stud • Bar stud
(former 100AF) (new 100AF)
109
COMPARISON
OTHER CHANGES
Internal accessories
• Lead-wire terminal blocks
(Front/rear connection and plug-in types only; excludes P-LT types)
Type Former New
Lead-wire terminal block (LT) ● —
Lead-wire terminal block (SLT) ● ●
• All new models use a vertical lead-wire terminal block (SLT).

• Lead-wire terminal block (LT) • Vertical lead-wire terminal block (SLT)
COMPARISON
• Test lead (TBL) and Test button module (TBM) for ELCBs
Former Ne w The TBM has the following features:
TBL ● ● •Standard with SLT.
TBM — ● •Uses a voltage-application system and offers same control sequence
to that of SHT..
•Permits TBM parallel connection.
•Offers enhanced safety becuase it is isolated from the main circuit.
• Pre-Alarms
Former New (SSR output) New (contact output)
Pre-alarm breakers The standard electronic MCCBs has solid-state relay Optionally available as a model with a pre-alarm
Molded-case circuit breakers
(special specification) (SSR) output pre-alarm as standard. module in the standard electronic MCCBs.
Optionally available as a model with a pre-alarm

Earth leakage circuit breakers — —
module in the standard electronic ELCBs.
110
COMPARISON
OTHER CHANGES
External accessories
• Operating handles (F, S, SS types) (Main NF/NV models shown) (30-250AF)
Former New
Compatibility
Breaker type Parts number Breaker type Parts number
NF30-SS, NF50-CS/SH NF30-SP, NF50-CP/HP
F03SF, S03SF F05SP, S05SP
NF60-CS/SH, NV30-SF NF60-CP/HP, NV30-SP
142SF SS05SP
NV50-CF/SF, NV60-CF/SF NV50-CP/SP, NV60-CP/SP
● The basic external dimensions and
NF100-CS/SS F1 0 cutout/drilling sizes are unchanged.
S10 NF50-HRP, NF100-CP/SP/HP F1SP, S1SP
1 41 SS NV100-CP/SP SS1SP ● Some new models have a different height
NF50-HR, NF100-SH F11
from breaker base to the panel front compared
to previous models.
NF160-SS, NF250-CS/SS F20SF (NF)
S20
NF160-SP/HP ● The former operating handles cannot be
42SS F2SP, S2SP
NF160-SH, NF250-SH F21 NF250-CP/SP/HP attached to the new breakers.
SS2SP
NV225-CP/SP
F20SF (NV), S20(NV)
NV225-CF/SF
42SS (NV)
• The new F and S-type handles show the tripping of a breaker even in ON-lock status.
(Applies only when a padlock is used.)
• Enclosures (Shown for 3-pole C series models or equivalent)

Closed type (S) Dustproof type (I) Waterproof type (W)
Product name
Former New Compatibility Former New Compatibility Former New Compatibility
COMPARISON
NF NFS-05SS
50•60 NFS-05SP ELCB models are NFI-05SF NFI-05SP NFW-05SS NFW-05SP
NV NVS-05SF compatible, even
though part
numbers differ.
NF NFS-1SS MCCB models
AF 100 NFS-1SP are incompatible. NFI-1SS NFI-1SP Inconpatible NFW-1SS NFW-1SP Incompatible
NV NVS-1SF
NF — NFI-2SS NFW-2SS
250 NFS-2SP Incompatible NFI-2SP NFW-2SP
NV NVS-2SF NVI-2SF NVW-2SF
• Terminal covers (Shown for 3-pole C series models or equivalent)

Large terminal cover (TC-L) Small terminal cover (TC-S) Transparent terminal cover (TTC) Rear terminal cover (BTC)
Product name
Former New Former New Former New Former New
50•60 TCL-05SS3 TCL-05SP3 TCS-05SS3 TCS-05SP3 TTC-05SS3 TTC-05SP3 BTC-05SS3 BTC-05SP3
AF 100 TCL-1SS3 TCL-1SP3 TCS-1SS3 TCS-1SP3 TTC-1SS3 TTC-1SP3 BTC-1SS3 BTC-1SP3
250 TCL-2SS3 TCL-2SP3 TCS-2SP3 TCS-2SP3 TTC-2SS3 TTC-2SP3 BTC-2SS3 BTC-2SP3
• 50AF and 60AF models are compatible, even though part numbers differ. (Note, however, that using an
earlier terminal cover on a new breaker will block the internal accessories' leads from exiting on the load side.)
100AF and 250AF models are incompatible.
• Motor operation devices

• The new NF/NV C and S series breakers Former New • Front connection
can accept electric operation devices. type
• The electric operation device's Breaker type A Breaker type A
performance and operation characteristics
NF100-CS/SS
are unchanged. NV100-CF/SF
150 NF50-HRP
• The external dimensions (shown for the NF50-HR

NF100-CP/SP/HP
168 NV100-CP/SP/HP
15 4
main NF/NV models) are unchanged, NF100-SH
except for height A in the figure. NF250-CS/SS

170
NV225-CF/SF NF250-CP/SP/HP
154
NV225-CP/SP/HP
NF250-SH 187
A
111
COMPARISON
OTHER CHANGES
External accessories
• Mechanical interlocks (MI) (Shown for surface mounting 2/3-pole C/S series or equivalent)
Former New
AF
Part number Standard P t Part number Standard P t
NF MI-05SS3 94
30, 50, 60
(not including NF50-HRP)
NV MI-NV05SS3 120
NF MI-1SS3 100 Not required

100 2.3
MI-05SP3 1 20 to be
(including NF50-HRP) (Standard)
NV MI-NV1SS3 1 20 specified
NF MI-2SS3 1 15
250
NV MI-NV2SS3 120
• The new MIs have a different shape and install in a different position.
• The new MIs can be locked with a padlock (25mm).
COMPARISON
• Locks
Lock cover (LC) Handle lock (HL) Handle lock (HL-S)
Product name
Former New Former New Former New
30, 50, 60 HLS-05SP2

LC-05SP HL-05SP
(not including NF50-HRP) HLS-05SP
LC03 To be ordered as To be ordered as
100 HLS-1SP2P
AF LC-1SP included in the breaker HL-1SP included in the breaker
(including NF50-HRP) HLS-1SP
body body
250 LC20 LC-1SP HL-1SP HLS-2SP
• All new handle locks can be installed by the customer.

(Use a 25mm padlock for HL models or 35mm padlock for HL-S.)
• New handle locks differ in shape from the former models and are thus incompatible.
• IEC 35mm rail-mounting adapters
AF Number of poles Former New Compatibility
2P DIN-05SS2 DIN-05SP2
30, 50, 60
Compatible
(not including NF50-HRP)
100
(including NF50-HRP) Incompatible
112
COMPARISON
OHTER CHANGES
• External accessories (shown for 3-pole S series models or equivalent) (400-800AF)

400 630 800
AF
Former New Compatibility Former New Compatibility Former New Compatibility
NF F40 F4SP F60 F6SP F60 F6SP
F ✕ ✕ ✕
NV F40NVCF F4SPNV 24FA F6SPNV 56FA F6SPNV
Operation NF F40 S 40 S40
S S4SP ✕ S4SP ✕ S4SP ✕
handle ✳1 NV S41NV — —
NF 61SS 61SS 61SS
SS SS4SP ✕ SS4SP ✕ SS4SP ✕
NV 60SS(NV) 2 5S 62
NF NFI-4SS NFI-6SS NFI-8SS
Dustproof (I) NFI-4SP ✕ NFI-6SP ✕ NFI-8SP ✕
NV NVI-4SF NVI-6SB NVI-8SB
Enclosure
NF NFW-4SS NFW-6SS NFW-8SS
Waterproof (W) NFW-4SP ✕ NFW-6SP ✕ NFW-8SP ✕
NV NVW-4SF NVW-6SB NVW-8SB
NF TCL-6SS3 TCL-6SS3
Large (TC-L) TCL-4SS3 TCL-4SP3 ✕ TCL-6SP3 ✕ TCL-6SP3 ✕
NV TCL-6S3 TCL-8S3
Terminal NF TTC-6SS3 TTC-8S3
Item cover Transparent (TTC) TTC-4SS3 TTC-4SP3 ✕ TTC-6SP3 ✕ TTC-6SP3 ✕
NV TTC-600K —
NF BTC-6SS3 BTC-6SS3
Rear (BTC) BTC-4SS3 BTC-4SP3 ✕ BTC-6SP3 ✕ BTC-6SP3 ✕
NV — —
NF MI-4SS3 MI-8SS3 MI-8SS3
MI-4SP3 ✕ MI-6SP3 ✕ MI-6SP3 ✕
Mechanical interlock (MI) NV — — —
NF LC40 LC40
Lock cover (LC) LC40 — ✳2 ✕ — ✳2 ✕ — ✳2 ✕
NV — —
NF
HL HL HL-4SP ✕ HL HL-4SP ✕ HL HL-4SP ✕
Handle NV
lock NF
HL-S — HLS-4SP — — HLS-6SP ✕ — HLS-6SP ✕
NV
NF HT-4SS HT-4SS HT-4SS
Operating handle(HT) HT-4SP ✕ HT-4SP ✕ HT-4SP ✕
NV HT-4SF — HT-10SS
COMPARISON
✳1. While there is no change to the operating handle's dimensions and drilling plan, they are not suitable for use with the new breakers' operating handles.
✳2. Please use HL.
113
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
MCCBs, 3-Pole Models

(Figures in parentheses show former size where it differs from new size.)
NF30-SP
NF50-CP, NF50-HP
NF100-CP, NF100-SP
New NF60-CP, NF60-HP NF50-HRP, NF100-HP
MB100-SP
MB30-SP
Breaker MB50-CP, MB50-SP
type NF30-SS
NF50-CS, NF50-SH
NF100-CS, NF100-SS
Former NF60-CS, NF60-SH NF50-HR, NF100-SH
MB100-SS
MB30-SS
MB50-CS, MB50-SS
90(86) 90(104)
90(86)
76(72) 90 76(72) 90 76(90)

75
68 68(86)
68
External
dimensions
155
155
130
Front
connection
type M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole
COMPARISON
132
Drilling
132
111
plan
25 30 30
Front
52
52
52
panel
cutouts
70(24) 86(24) 86(24)
M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole M4 screw or 5mm dia. hole
Cutout
134
Rear
134
132
132
111
and
connection
drilling
type
plan
25 ø14 30 ø18 30 ø18
50 60 60
Flush plate Flush plate Flush plate

66 or 60
181
181
Cutout
140
66
66
and
Flush type
drilling
plan
93 ø6 126 126
ø6 ø6
103 136 136
114
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
NF160-SP
NF160-HP
New NF250-CP, NF250-SP
NF250-HP
MB225-SP
Breaker
type
NF160-SS
NF160-SH
Former NF250-CS, NF250-SS
NF250-SH
MB225-SS
92(110) 92(127)
105 76(90) 105 76(107)
68(86) 68(103)
External
dimensions
165
165
Front
connection
type M4 thread or 5mm dia. hole Conventional models have four M4 thread or 5mm dia. hole Conventional models have four
mounting holes. mounting holes.
Drilling
126
126
COMPARISON
plan
35 35
52
52
Front panel cutouts
100(24) 100(24)
M4 thread or 5mm-dia. hole Conventional models have four M4 thread or 5mm-dia. hole Conventional models have four
mounting holes. mounting holes.
Cutout
Rear
126
144
126
144
and
connection
type drilling
plan
35 ø24 35 ø24
70 70
Cutout
181
181
66
66
Flush and
type drilling
plan
126 126
ø6 ø6
136 136
115
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
MCCBs, 3-pole models

NF630-CP, NF630-SP, NF630-SEP

NF400-CP
NF630-HEP, NF630-REP
N ew NF400-SP, NF400-SEP NF400-UEP NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP
NF800-CEP, NF800-SDP, NF800-SEP
NF400-HEP, NF400-REP
Breaker NF800-HEP, NF800-REP
type
NF400-CS NF630-CS, NF630-SS, NF630-SE
Former NF400-UR NF630-UR, NF800-UR
NF400-SS, NF400-SE NF800-CS, NF800-SSD, NF800-SS
155 (NF400-SP) 252 252

140 210 155 210
134(132) (NF400-CP) 200
140 200
103
127.5 143
103
External
dimensions
275
322
297
257
Front
connection
type
Breaker Breaker
Breaker Breaker
COMPARISON
243
194
290
Drilling
234
plan
44 M6 screw or 44 M6 screw or M6 screw or

7mm dia. hole 70 M6 screw or
7mm dia. hole 7mm dia. hole 70
7mm dia. hole
Breaker Breaker
Breaker Breaker
R6
(R R6 R6
6.5 (R6 (R6 R6
) .5) .5) (R6
.5)
22.5
26
92
Front panel cutouts

92
92
92
118(64) 118(64)
172(64)
172(64)
Exothermic Exothermic
Exothermic reducing M6 screw or Exothermic M6 screw or
reducing
reducing groove for 7mm dia. hole reducing 7mm dia. hole
groove for
Breaker groove for Breaker
Breaker groove for eddy current Breaker eddy current
eddy current eddy current
5
8
5
8
10
M6 screw or
M6 screw or
10
Cutout 7mm dia. hole

7mm dia. hole
Rear
and
234
194
265
225
290
243
connecti-
drilling
on type
plan
44 ø35
ø35
44 70
87 70
87 140 ø48 140

ø48
Flush plate Flush plate Flush plate Flush plateFlush plate

Flush plate
Mounting angle
Less than 100
Cutout
152
347
268
194
155
308
220
300
Flush and
type drilling
plan
than 100
Less
159
ø7
172 ø10 70
228 ø10
172 M8 screw or
192 244 239 10mm dia. hole
116
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
MCCBs, 4-pole models

NF630-SP, NF630-SEP, NF630-HEP

NF400-SP, NF400-SEP, NF400-HEP NF630-REP
New NF400-UEP, NF630-UEP, NF800-UEP
NF400-REP NF800-SEP, NF800-HEP, NF800-REP
Breaker NF800-SDP
type
NF630-SS, NF630-SE
Former NF400-SS, NF400-SE NF400-UR, NF630-UR, NF800-UR
NF800-SS, NF800-SSD
252
(Note) 280
155
185(280)
280 200
155
103 143
103
External
dimensions
257(275)
275
322
Front Note: Max. size of front bar is 196mm.
connection
type
Breaker
Breaker
Breaker
194(243)
COMPARISON
290
243
Drilling
plan
44(70) M6 screw or
7mm dia. hole M6 screw or
70
7mm-dia. hole 70 70 M6 screw or
7mm-dia. hole
Breaker
Breaker Breaker
R6
(R6 R6
R6( .5) (R6
R6.5 .5) 22.5
)
92
92
92
Front panel cutouts
118(64) 51
172(64)
172(64)
M6 screw or
Exothermic reducing M6 screw or
7mm-dia. hole
groove for eddy current 7mm-dia. hole Exothermic reducing
Exothermic reducing Breaker
8(5)
5
5
10
10
M6 screw or
Cutout
255(243)
194(243)
Rear 7mm dia. hole

243
290
and
connecti-
drilling
on type
plan
44(70)
ø35(ø48) 70
70
43.5(70)
70 ø48 70
ø48
130.5(210) 210 210
Flush plateFlush plate Flush Flush

plateplate FlusFlush
h plaplate
te
Mounting angle
than 100
Less
Mounting
268(300)
152(220)
Cutout
angle M8
155
347
220
300
and
screw or
drilling
10m m
plan
than 100
dia. hole
Less
203(298)
ø7(ø10) 140
216(314) 298 M8 screw or
ø10
312 10mm dia. hole
314
117
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
ELCBs, 3-pole models

New NV400-CP, NV400-SP, NV400-SEP NV630-CP, NV630-SP, NV630-SEP

NV400-HEP, NV400-REP NV630-HEP NV800-SEP, NV800-HEP
Breaker
type
NV400-CF, NV400-CS, NV400-SF
Former NF600-CA, NV600-SB NV800-SB
NV400-SS
155 (NV400-SP)
134(132) (NV400-CP) 155(139) 155(190)
140 210 210
103 103(140)
103
External
257(345) *1
dimensions
275(515)
275(400)
Front ✳1 shows NV400-SS, NV400-CS.

connection
type
Breaker Breaker
Breaker
243(484)
243(368)
194(282)
COMPARISON
Drilling
plan
44 M6 screw or
M6 screw or 70
M6 screw or
7mm dia. hole 70
7mm dia. hole 7mm dia. hole
(M8 screw or
10mm dia. hole)
✳ ( ) shows NV400-SS, NV400-CS.
Breaker Breaker Breaker

R6 R6 R6
(R (R6 (R6
6.5
) .5) .5)
92
92
92
Front panel cutouts

46(-7)
46(-7)
46(-7)
118
172 172

M6 screw or M6 screw or Exothermic
Breaker
7mm dia. hole 7mm dia. hole reducing
Breaker Exothermic reducing
Breaker Exothermic reducing Breaker groove for
groove for eddy current
groove for eddy current eddy current
5
5
8
10
10
M6 screw or
(272)
(444)
(484)
7mm dia. hole

225(313)
243(368)
Cutout
194(282)
243
Rear
and
connecti-
drilling
on type
plan
44 ø35 (M8 screw or
(70) 10mm 70
87 70 dia. hole)
(230) 140 ø48
140 ø48

Flush plate
Mounting
300(535)
300(426)
152(220)
220(280)
268(356)
Cutout
220
angle M8
and
screw or
drilling
10mm
plan
dia. hole
159
ø7(ø10)
228 228(230)
ø10 ø10
172
244 244
118
COMPARISON
EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
ELCBs, 4-pole models
New NV400-SEP NV630-SEP
Breaker
type
Former NV400-SB NV600-SB
185(280) 155(139)
155(139)
103 280
103
257(400)
External
dimensions
275(400)
N
Front Note: Max. size of front bar is 196mm.

connection
type
Breaker
Breaker
COMPARISON
243(368)
194(368)
Drilling
plan
44 M6 screw or
7mm dia. hole
70 M6 screw or
(140) 7mm dia. hole
Breaker Breaker
R6( R6
R6.5 (R6
) .5)
92
92
Front panel cutouts

46(-7)
46(-7)
118(172) 172
M6 screw or
Exothermic reducing
7mm dia. hole
groove for eddy current Exothermic reducing
Breaker
8(5)
5
10
M6 screw or
243(368)
Cutout 7mm dia. hole

194(368)
225(368)
Rear
and
connecti-
drilling
on type
plan
40(70) ø35(ø48)
70
43.5(70)
70
130.5(210) ø48
210
Flush plate
Flush plate
300(426)
Mounting
152(220)
Cutout
268(426)
220
angle M8
and
screw or
drilling
10m m
plan
dia. hole
203(298)
ø7(ø10) 298 ø10
216(314)
314
119
ORDERING INFORMATION
MCCBs and Switches ELCBs
Type number Type number
NF250-SP NV225-CP
Number of poles Number of poles
3P 3P
Rated current Rated current
200A 200A
Rated voltage Rated voltage

High-speed type
Specify DC for DC use 230/400/440
VAC
230/400/440 Time-delay type
VAC
Rated sensitivity
Standards current 30/100/500
High-speed type
Specify the applicable marine mA
ORDERING INFORMATION
standards
30/100/500 Time-delay type 100/300/500
mA
mA
Connection F Front
Connection F Front
method method
B Rear B Rear
FP Flush plate FP Flush plate
FP PM Plug-in B PM Plug-in
AL Alarm switch
Internal AX Auxiliary switch Type of residual
accessories current protection High-speed type
Shunt trip
SHT (specify rated coil voltage)
AL, SHT Time-delay type
(AC110V) UVT
Undervoltage trip High-speed
(specify rated coil voltage)
Pre-alarm module
PAL (for contact output)
AL Alarm switch
External SLT Lead-wire terminal block Internal
AX Auxiliary switch
accessories TI Trip Indicator accessories
MG Insulation switch
EAL Earth-leakage alarm switch
NFM Electric-operation device AX,SLT,TBM TBM Test button module
F/S/SS PAL Pre-alarm module
Operating handle
V/R SLT Lead-wire terminal block
S/I/W Enclosure TBL Test lead switch
MI Mechanical interlock External TI Trip Indicator
Quantity
TC-L/TC-S accessories
Terminal cover
TTC/BTC
NFM Electric-operation device
LC/HL
10 HL-S
Handle lock F/S/SS
Operating handle
V/R
CH Card holder
S/I/W Enclosure
MI Mechanical interlock
Quantity TC-L/TC-S
Terminal cover
TTC/BTC
LC/HL
Handle lock
= Please fill in boxes. 10 HL-S
CH Card holder
120
Country/ Region Company Address Telephone
Mitsubishi Electric Europe B.V. Travellers Lane, Hatfield, Herts, AL10 8 XB,
U.K. 44-1707,276,100
UK-Branch. England, U.K.
Ireland Irish Branch. Westage Business Park, Ballymount, Dublin 22, Ireland. 353-1-4505007
Germany German Branch. Gother Strasse 8, 40880 Ratingen, Germany. 49-2102-4860
Carpaneto 10090 CASCINE
Italy Via Ferrero, 10-Ang. Pavia 6 Italy. 39-11-9590111
VICA-RIVOLI (TO)
Polingono Industrial "Can Magi", Calle Joan
Spain Spanish Branch (Barcelona). Buscallà 2-4, Apartado de Correos 420,08190 34-93-565-3131
Sant Cugat del Valles, Barcelona, Spain.
Sweden Euro Energy Components AB Box 10161 S-43422 Kungsbacka 0300-51800
Norway SCANELEC 5074 Godvik Leirvikasen 43B. Norway. 47-55-506000
Denmark ELPEFA A/S Geminivej 32, DK-2670 Greve, Denmark. 45-43-694369
Greece Antonios Drepanias.S.A. ANTONIOS DREPANIAS 52, ARKADIAS STR.GR 121 32. PERISTERI ATHENS GREECE. 30(1)5781599, 30(1)5781699
The Netherlands R+H Technology BV. 3361 HJ Sliedrecht Industrieweg 30. Netherland. 31-104871521
8201 Schaffhausen Mühlentalstrasse 136.
Switzerland Trielec A G 41-52-6258425
Switzerland
Belgium Emac S.A. 1702 Groot-Bijgaarden Industrialaan 1, Belgium. 32-2-4810211
Poland MPL Technology Sp zo.o. 30011 Krakow UI. Wroclawska 53 Poland. 48-12-322885
Israel Gino Industries LTD. 3, Ophir St. 32235 Haifa Israel. 972-4-8670656
Balmumcu-Istanbul Barboros Bulv. iba Bloklari
Turkey HEDEF 90-212-2754876
Gazi Umur P. So Turkey.
Slovania INEA 61230 Domzale Ljubljanska 80 Slovenia. 386-61-718000
South Africa M.S.A.MANUFACTURING(PTY)LTD. BRAMLEY 2018 JOHANNESBURG SOUTH AFRICA. 27-011-444-8080
COMPTOIR D'ELECTRICITE CEBACO CENTER-BLOCK A AUTOSTRADE
Lebanon 961-1-240430
GENERALE-LIBAN DORA P.O. BOX: 90-1314BEIRUT-LEBANON.
AL-NABHANIYA STREET-4Th CROSSING
Saudi Arabia CENTER OF ELECTRICAL GOODS AL-HASSA ROAD P.O. BOX: 15955 RIYADH 966-1-4770149
11454-SAUDI ARABIA.
9 ROSTOUM STREET GARDEN CITY,
Egypt CAIRO ELECTRICAL GROUP P.O. BOX: 165-11516, 20-2-3561337
CAIRO EGYPT.
Kuwait SALEM M AL-NISF ELECTRICAL CO.W.L.L. P.O. Box 4784. Safat.13048.Kuwait. 965-484-5660
Building of Innovation Center, Room No. 406A,
SETSUYO AUSCHINA ELECTRIC CO. LTD. 021-6485-6611
Guiping Road Shanghai China
China
(Shanghai) Flat G,H,J,4/F, Jin Ming Building
RYODEN INTERNATIONAL LTD. 021-6275-8377
Block 2,8 Zun Yi Road South, Shanghai China
10/F Manulife Tower 169 Electric Road North
Hong Kong Ryoden international Ltd. 28878870
Point. Hong Kong.
Taiwan Setsuyo Enterprise Co., Ltd. 8th Fl. NO.88 SEC. 6, Chung-Shan N Rd. Taipei, Taiwan 02-2381-3015
2 Fl. Dong Seo Game Channel Bldg ., 660-11
Korea STC Techno Seoul Co., Ltd.(Setsuyo) 02-3664-8333
Deungchon-Dong, Kangseo-Ku, Seoul, Korea
307 ALEXANDRA ROAD #05-01/02 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC BUILDING
Singapore MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ASIA PTE LTD 65-473-2308
SINGAPORE 159943
JL Muara Karang Selatan Blok A/Utara No.1
Indonesia P.T.SAHABAT INDONESIA. kav.11 NO.1 P.O. Box 5045/Jakarta/11050. 021-6621780
Jakarta Indonesia.
24th Fl. Galleria Corporate Center Edsa Cr, Ortigas Ave.
Philippines EDISON ELECTRIC INTEGRATED INC. 02-643-8691
Quezon City, Metro Manila. Philippines.
77/12 BAMRUNG MUANG ROAD, KLONG MAHANAK,
Thailand UNITED TRADING & IMPORT CO. LTD. 02-223-4200-3
POMPRAB, BANGKOK 10100
Pakistan Prince Electric Co. 16 Brandreth Road Lahore 54000. Pakistan. 042-7654342
Vietnam Sa Giang Techno co., Ltd.(Setsuyo) 207/4 NGUYEN VAN THU ST., DA KAO WARD, DIST 1 HCMC, VIETNAM 848-821-5450
Lao PDR 43-47 LANE XANG ROAD P.O. BOX 2789 VT

SOCIETE LAO IMPORT-EXPORT 21-215043, 21-215110
VIENTIANE LAO PDR.
Myanmer NO. 216, BO AUNG GYAW STREET,

PEACE MYANMAR ELECTRIC CO., LTD. 951-295426
BOTATAUNG 11161, YANGON, MYANMAR.
Nepal KHA 2-65, Volt House Dilli Bazar Post Box: 2108,
Watt & Volt House Co., Ltd. 977-1-411330
kathmandu, Nepal
Australia 348 VICTORIA ROAD. P.O. BOX: 11, RYDALMERE NSW 2166. 612-9684, 7245
New Zealand Melco Sales (N.Z.) Ltd. 1 Parliament Street Lower Hutt. New Zealand. 644-569-7350
Carrera 43G No. 27-12 P.O. Box 4346 Medellin.
Colombia Proelectrico LTDA. (4) 2623038
COLOMBIA.
Vte. Agua Santa 4211 Casilla (P.O. Box) 30-D
Chile RHONA S.A. (32)-611294
Viña Del Mar. Chile
Uruguay Fierro Vignoli S.A. Avda. 1274 Montevideo. Uruguay. (2) 921230
Ingenieros s.a. Paseo de la Republica 3573
Peru I.T.E. Lima 27. Peru. (1) 221-2710
Calle 7,EDF.LOS ROBLES,LOCALES CYD URBANIZACION LA URBINA

Venezuela ADESCO C.A. (2) 241-7634
-EDO,MIRANDA P.O. BOX 78034 CARACAS 1074A
Safety Tips : Be sure to read the instruction manual fully before using this product.
HEAD OFFICE: MITSUBISHI DENKI BLDG., MARUNOUCHI, TOKYO 100-8310. TELEX: J24532 CABLE: MELCO TOKYO
Revised publication, effective Sept 1999.

superseding publication L-172-7-C2785-A of May 1997.
Y-0551A 9909 Printed in Japan (ROD) Specifications subject to change without notice.

PSS - Technical Catalogue Y-0551-A (09.99)

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

PSS - Technical Catalogue Y-0551-A (09.99)

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

ADVANCED AND EVER ADVANCING

MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS &

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation's Fukuyama Works,

Special Purpose Breakers

Comparison between New and Former Models

Ordering Information 120

As the leading manufacturer of circuit breakers, Mitsubishi

RAPID PROGRESS DEVELOPMENT

Packed with Mitsubishi’s 21st century technology.

Technology continues to evolve toward the 21st century.

Progressive Super Series

Applicable models: NF225-SPM, NV225-SPM

Installed on the panel.

Standardized to five module types ELCB

30/50AF 100AF 160/250AF 400AF 630/800AF

Panel cut-out design unified to include 30~800A frame

Fits all breaker series

•In order to conform to IEC60947-2, •Earth-leakage circuit breakers also

Ics = 100%Icu S"Suitable

Utilization category "B"

Safer and more reliable power

characteristics with Choose from six tripping characteristics

Current setting Ir Switch

current Short-delay NFB

Digital current evaluation circuitry. Load current Short-delay

circuit conversion fuse. Current (A) Current-converted value

Improved protection and safety

Earth-leakage circuit breakers ELCB

Miniature circuit breakers MCB Circuit protectors CP

NF100-SP NF250-SP NF400-SP NF630-SP NF800-SDP

Earth-leakage circuit breaker

NV-C NV30-CS NV50-CP NV60-CP NV100-CP NV225-CP NV400-CP NV630-CP ----

NV100-SP NV225-SP NV400-SP NV630-SP

NV-U ---- ---- ---- NV100-RP NV225-RP ---- ---- ----

Miniature circuit breaker DIN series

Motor breaker (with earth-leakage) Circuit protectors

MN MN30-CS ---- MN100-SP MN225-SP CP CP-B

MCCBS NF-C Series ( Economy type )

Type NF30-CS NF50-CP NF60-CP NF100-CP NF250-CP

✳ 1. T/A Thermal adjustable.

Frame (A) 400 630 800

✳1. Specify if for DC use.

MCCBS NF-S Series ( Standard type )

Type NF30-SP NF50-HP NF50-HRP NF60-HP NF100-SP NF100-SP T/A✳1

(10) (15) (20) 15,20,30, 15~20,20~25,

✳ 1. T/A Thermal adjustable.

Frame (A) 100 160

✳ 1. T/A Thermal adjustable.

MCCBS NF-S Series ( Standard type )

✳ 1. T/A Thermal adjustable.

Frame (A) 400

Rated current In (A) 200~400 200~400 200~400

✳1. Specify if for DC use.

MCCBS NF-S Series ( Standard type )

Rated current In (A) 300~630 300~630 300~630

✳1. Specify if for DC use.

Frame (A) 800

Rated current In (A) 400~800 400~800 400~800

✳1. Specify if for DC use.

MCCBS NF-U Series ( Ultra current-limiting type )

Type NF100-RP NF100-UP NF225-RP NF225-UP

15,20.30, 15,20,30, 125, 125,

Frame (A) 400 630 800

✳1. Specify if for DC use.